08.07.2014 Views

Series CJ2 - SMC Pneumatics (Ireland)

Series CJ2 - SMC Pneumatics (Ireland)

Series CJ2 - SMC Pneumatics (Ireland)

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!

Leverage SEO-optimized Flipbooks, powerful backlinks, and multimedia content to professionally showcase your products and significantly increase your reach.

Air Cylinder<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

ø6, ø10, ø16<br />

Improved wear resistance<br />

The bearing portions of the rod cover and the<br />

clevis have been improved in wear resistance<br />

to ensure the longevity of the cylinder.<br />

<strong>Series</strong> Variations<br />

Standard<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

<strong>Series</strong><br />

Non-rotating Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Built-in Speed Controller<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

Low Friction<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />

Direct Mount<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

Reduced piston rod deflection<br />

Action<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Single<br />

acting<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Single<br />

acting<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Single<br />

acting<br />

Single rod<br />

Double<br />

rod<br />

Single rod<br />

Single rod<br />

Double rod<br />

Single rod<br />

Single rod<br />

Basic<br />

Easy installation<br />

The clearance between the bushing and the piston<br />

rod has been decreased to achieve higher accuracy,<br />

thus decreasing the deflection of the piston rod.<br />

Rod<br />

Single rod,<br />

Spring<br />

return/<br />

Spring<br />

extend<br />

Single rod,<br />

(Spring return/<br />

Spring extend)<br />

Single rod,<br />

(Spring return/<br />

Spring extend)<br />

The installation is simple because a tool<br />

can be placed directly over the cover for<br />

installation.<br />

Built-in<br />

magnet<br />

Standard variations<br />

With air Clean<br />

cushion series<br />

High speed actuation possible<br />

Either the rubber bumper or the air<br />

cushion can be selected according to the<br />

drive speed conditions. Therefore, it can<br />

support high speed drives.<br />

Rubber bumper······50 to 750 mm/s<br />

(Standard equipment)<br />

Air cushion······50 to 1000 mm/s<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Page<br />

6-3-2<br />

6-3-14<br />

6-3-22<br />

6-3-33<br />

6-3-38<br />

6-3-45<br />

6-3-50<br />

6-3-55<br />

6-3-59<br />

6-3-64<br />

Copperfree<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Direct Mount, Non-Rotating Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Single<br />

acting<br />

Single rod<br />

Single rod,<br />

(Spring return/<br />

Spring extend)<br />

6-3-68<br />

6-3-72<br />

With end lock<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

Double<br />

acting<br />

Single rod<br />

16<br />

6-3-77<br />

Reed switch<br />

Type Band mounting style Rail mounting style<br />

Solid state switch<br />

D-C7/C80, D-C73C/C80C<br />

D-H7, D-H7C, D-H7W, D-H7BAL, D-H7NF<br />

D-A7/A80, D-A7H/A80H, D-A73C/A80C, D-A79W<br />

D-F7/J79, D-F7V, D-J79C, D-F7W/J79W, D-F7WV,<br />

D-F7BAL, D-F79F, D-F7NTL, D-F7BAVL<br />

6-3-1


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

ø6, ø10, ø16<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Bore size <br />

6 mm<br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

How to Order<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø6 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

Cushion<br />

Nil<br />

A<br />

L 16 60 A R<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Air cushion (Except ø6)<br />

CDJ2 L 16 60 A R J79W<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or<br />

“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />

number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2B10-45-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2B16-60-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />

pcs switches come with the rail.<br />

Band mounting style<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

Symbol<br />

Nil<br />

6<br />

—<br />

10, 16<br />

Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

∗ Double clevis style is only available for<br />

being perpendicular to axis.<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch model,<br />

refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style is<br />

shipped together, (but not<br />

assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder without<br />

an auto switch is required, refer to<br />

the model of built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Load voltage<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />

Wiring<br />

DC AC Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None<br />

(Output)<br />

connector<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />

Applicable load<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent) —<br />

5 V — C76 — A76H — — — IC circuit —<br />

— 200 V — A72 A72H — — —<br />

2-wire<br />

100 V C73 A73 A73H — —<br />

12 V<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

C73C A73C — — —<br />

24 V<br />

PLC<br />

— — — A79W ∗∗ — — — —<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

H7A1 F7NV F79 — <br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

H7A2 F7PV F7P — <br />

IC circuit<br />

2-wire 12 V<br />

H7B F7BV J79 — <br />

H7C J79C — —<br />

—<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

IC circuit Relay,<br />

3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />

— H7PW — F7PW — <br />

PLC<br />

H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />

2-wire 12 V<br />

H7BA — F7BA — — —<br />

— F7BAV — — — —<br />

4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V<br />

H7NF — F79F — —<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-2<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA<br />

-XB6<br />

-XB7<br />

-XB9<br />

Change of rod end shape<br />

Heat resistant cylinder (150°C) ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />

Cold resistant cylinder ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />

Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion<br />

-XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion<br />

-XC3 Special port location ∗ Not available with air cushion<br />

-XC8<br />

-XC9<br />

-XC10<br />

-XC11<br />

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type<br />

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type<br />

Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type<br />

Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type<br />

-XC22<br />

-XC51<br />

Fluoro rubber seals<br />

With hose nipple<br />

∗ Not available with air cushion<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

ø6<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

ø6<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.12 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper/Air cushion<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.012 J<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

6<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Band mounting style<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

90<br />

55<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

60<br />

60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

65<br />

65<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

(ø10, ø16)<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-A7H<br />

D-A80H<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-F7<br />

D-J79<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7W<br />

D-J79W<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

35<br />

10<br />

5<br />

45<br />

10<br />

5<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

45<br />

5<br />

5<br />

30<br />

5<br />

5<br />

55<br />

15<br />

10<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-3


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

T-bracket<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Theoretical Output<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

Refer to “Double acting cylinder” in Theoretical Output Table 1 of Technical<br />

data 3 on page 6-19-1.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Mounting bracket<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

Foot bracket<br />

Flange bracket<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

CJ-L006B<br />

CJ-F006B<br />

CJ-L010B<br />

CJ-F010B<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-006<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Axial<br />

foot style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

16<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

CJ-F016B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />

Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />

(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />

when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />

Rod side<br />

flange style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Double ∗<br />

clevis style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line<br />

with the cylinder axis is available for basic style.<br />

(ø6 is available only as in-line style.)<br />

Weight<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

weight<br />

Accessory<br />

bracket<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Bore size (mm) 6<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

15<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 2<br />

Axial foot style<br />

8<br />

Rod side flange style 5<br />

Double clevis style (With pin) ∗ —<br />

Single knuckle joint —<br />

Double knuckle joint (With pin) —<br />

T-bracket<br />

—<br />

10<br />

24<br />

4<br />

8<br />

5<br />

4<br />

16<br />

24<br />

32<br />

(g)<br />

16<br />

55<br />

6.5<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

22<br />

19.5<br />

50<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the<br />

basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis<br />

style, so the mounting nut weight is already<br />

subtracted.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45<br />

• Basic weight ············· 24 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight ······· 4/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke ·········· 45 stroke<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ·· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />

24 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 44 g<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Mounting<br />

Caution<br />

1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten<br />

by applying an appropriate tightening force to the<br />

retaining but or to the rod cover body.<br />

If the head cover is secured or the head cover is<br />

tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the<br />

deviation.<br />

2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate<br />

tightening torque within the range given below.<br />

ø6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m,<br />

ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m<br />

3. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle<br />

pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate pair of<br />

pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />

In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as<br />

the Super Tool CSM-07A for removing and installing<br />

the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />

4. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not<br />

remove the rail that is mounted. Because retaining<br />

screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead to an<br />

air leak.<br />

6-3-4


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

With Air Cushion<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />

10-<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />

Specifications<br />

Stroke A<br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />

With air cushion<br />

head cover 20-<strong>CJ2</strong> Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />

Port location on<br />

Action<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

6, 10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

Minimum operating<br />

pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

ø6<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

0.14 MPa<br />

0.08 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper/Air cusion<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-3.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting style<br />

Bore size<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

The cushion mechanism is provided for covers in both sides<br />

to absorb the impacts when operating at a high speed.<br />

Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which<br />

discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the<br />

outside of clean room by relief port and making an actuator’s<br />

rod section having a double seal construction.<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Type<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Piston speed<br />

Mounting<br />

Cushion Mechanism<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

Effective cushioning<br />

length (mm)<br />

10<br />

9.4<br />

16<br />

9.4<br />

∗ For construction, refer to page 6-3-6.<br />

Copper-free<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating ø6<br />

pressure ø10, ø16<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Non-lube<br />

10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

50 to 1000 mm/s<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

Kinetic energy absorbable (J)<br />

0.07 J<br />

0.18 J<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

6, 10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.12 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-3.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style,<br />

Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Construction<br />

Construction<br />

Possible to mount (Band mounting style)<br />

For details, refer to the separate catalog “Pneumatic Clean <strong>Series</strong>”.<br />

6-3-5


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>6-R<br />

Piston<br />

Magnet<br />

Piston construction when<br />

auto switch is mounted.<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>10, <strong>CJ2</strong>16<br />

Piston<br />

Magnet<br />

Piston construction when<br />

auto switch is mounted.<br />

With air cushion<br />

Component Parts<br />

No. Description<br />

q Rod cover<br />

w Head cover<br />

e Cylinder tube<br />

r Piston rod<br />

t Piston<br />

y Mounting nut<br />

u Rod end nut<br />

i Bumper<br />

o ∗ Seal retainer<br />

!0 Piston seal<br />

!1 Rod seal<br />

!2 Tube gasket<br />

!3 Piston gasket<br />

∗ Only for ø6<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Urethane<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Anodized<br />

Dedicated for with Air Cushion Type<br />

No.<br />

!4<br />

!5<br />

!6<br />

!7<br />

!8<br />

!9<br />

Description<br />

Cushion needle<br />

Steel balls<br />

Cushion ring<br />

Check seal<br />

Needle seal<br />

Cushion ring gasket<br />

Material<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Bearing steel<br />

Brass<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

6-3-6


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B6<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B10/16<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>B Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

A Port location on head cover<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

14<br />

20<br />

D<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

14.5<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

—<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

16<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

7<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NDh8<br />

0<br />

6 –0.018<br />

0<br />

8 –0.022<br />

0<br />

10 –0.022<br />

NN<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

49<br />

46<br />

47<br />

T<br />

3<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Z<br />

77<br />

74<br />

75<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

GB<br />

6.5<br />

6.5<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NB<br />

20<br />

20<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WB<br />

13.5<br />

13.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

65<br />

66<br />

Z<br />

93<br />

94<br />

6-3-7


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L6<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Rod cover side Head cover side<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L10/16<br />

Cover surface<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>L<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke A Port location on head cover<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

14<br />

20<br />

D<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

14.5<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

—<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

28<br />

LB<br />

15<br />

15<br />

23<br />

LC<br />

4.5<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

LH<br />

9<br />

9<br />

14<br />

LT<br />

1.6<br />

1.6<br />

2.3<br />

LX<br />

24<br />

24<br />

33<br />

LY<br />

16.5<br />

16.5<br />

25<br />

LZ<br />

32<br />

32<br />

42<br />

MM<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

16<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

7<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NN<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

49<br />

46<br />

47<br />

T<br />

3<br />

—<br />

—<br />

X<br />

5<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

7<br />

7<br />

9<br />

Z<br />

77<br />

74<br />

75<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

Bore size (mm) B C GA GB LB NA NB WA WB WW S Z<br />

10 15 17 7.5 6.5 16.5 21 20 14.5 13.5 4.5 65 93<br />

16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 23 21 20 14.5 13.5 5.5 66 94<br />

6-3-8


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F6<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F10/16<br />

Cover surface<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>F Bore size<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Stroke A Port location on head cover<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod cover<br />

side<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Head cover<br />

side<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Material: Iron<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm) A B C D F FB FC<br />

6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5<br />

10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5<br />

16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5<br />

FT<br />

1.6<br />

1.6<br />

2.3<br />

FX<br />

24<br />

24<br />

33<br />

FY<br />

14<br />

14<br />

20<br />

FZ<br />

32<br />

32<br />

42<br />

GA<br />

14.5<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

—<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Applicable<br />

Part no.<br />

bore size (mm)<br />

B<br />

NTJ-006A 6 5.5<br />

NTJ-010A 10 7<br />

NTJ-015A 16 8<br />

NA<br />

16<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

7<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NN<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

S<br />

49<br />

46<br />

47<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

T<br />

3<br />

—<br />

—<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Z<br />

77<br />

74<br />

75<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

Bore size (mm) B C FB GA GB NA NB WA WB WW S Z<br />

10 15 17 14.5 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.5 13.5 4.5 65 93<br />

16 18.3 20 19 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.5 13.5 5.5 66 94<br />

6-3-9


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>D Bore size Stroke<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

øCDH9<br />

+0.030<br />

0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

ZZ + Stroke<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>D Bore size<br />

Stroke A<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

+0.030<br />

øCDH9 0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

(øcdd9 –0.030<br />

–0.060)<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

ZZ + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

CD (cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

CZ<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

18<br />

23<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

22.5<br />

27.5<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

S<br />

46<br />

47<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

Z<br />

82<br />

85<br />

ZZ<br />

93<br />

99<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

TC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

TH<br />

29<br />

35<br />

TV<br />

40<br />

48<br />

TW<br />

22<br />

28<br />

TX<br />

32<br />

38<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CZ<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

GB<br />

19.5<br />

24.5<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NB<br />

33<br />

38<br />

S<br />

65<br />

66<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WB<br />

26.5<br />

31.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

Z<br />

101<br />

104<br />

TY<br />

12<br />

16<br />

ZZ<br />

112<br />

118<br />

6-3-10


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Single Knuckle Joint<br />

Accessory Bracket Dimensions<br />

Clevis Pin<br />

Knuckle Pin<br />

Applicable<br />

Part no. A1 L1 MM ND H10 NX<br />

bore (mm)<br />

+0.048<br />

I-J010B 10 8 21 M4 x 0.7 3.3 0 3.1<br />

+0.048<br />

I-J016B 16 8 25 M5 x 0.8 5.3 0 6.4<br />

Double Knuckle Joint<br />

Part no.<br />

Y-J010B<br />

Y-J016B<br />

Part no.<br />

Y-J010B<br />

Y-J016B<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

NDd9<br />

–0.030<br />

3.3 –0.060<br />

–0.030<br />

5.3 –0.060<br />

A1<br />

8<br />

11<br />

NDH10<br />

+0.048<br />

3.3 0<br />

+0.048<br />

5.3 0<br />

Material: Rolled steel<br />

Material: Rolled steel<br />

L L1 MM<br />

15.2 21 M4 x 0.7<br />

16.6 21 M5 x 0.8<br />

NX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

R1<br />

8<br />

12<br />

R1<br />

8<br />

12<br />

U1<br />

U1<br />

9<br />

14<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

T-bracket<br />

øND hole H10<br />

Axis d9<br />

Double clevis style cylinder<br />

10<br />

10<br />

Part no.<br />

CD-J010<br />

CD-Z015<br />

CD-JA010 ∗<br />

Mounting Nut<br />

Part no.<br />

SNJ-006B<br />

SNJ-010B<br />

SNJ-016B<br />

SNKJ-016B ∗<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

3.3<br />

5.3<br />

3.3<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

16<br />

Dd9<br />

–0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

–0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

–0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

Material: Stainless steel<br />

Applicable<br />

d L l m t<br />

snap ring<br />

3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2<br />

4.8 22.7 18.3 1.5 0.7 Type C 5<br />

3 18.2 15.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2<br />

∗ For ø10 double clevis style, with air cushion<br />

and built-in speed controller.<br />

B<br />

8<br />

11<br />

14<br />

17<br />

C<br />

9.2<br />

12.7<br />

16.2<br />

19.6<br />

Material: Brass<br />

d<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

∗ For ø16 non-rotating type. (Use SNJ-016B for<br />

ø10 non-rotating type.)<br />

H<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

Rod End Cap<br />

Flat type/CJ-CF<br />

Part no.<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

CD-J010<br />

IY-J015<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Dd9<br />

3.3<br />

5.3<br />

–0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

–0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

∗ For size ø10, clevis pin is diverted.<br />

B<br />

d<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Material: Stainless steel<br />

L<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

l<br />

m<br />

3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2<br />

4.8 16.6 12.2 1.5 0.7 Type C 5<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Round type/CJ-CR<br />

t<br />

Applicable<br />

snap ring<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Material: Polyacetal<br />

Part no.<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

TC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

TDH10<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

+0.048<br />

0<br />

+0.048<br />

0<br />

TH<br />

29<br />

35<br />

TK<br />

18<br />

20<br />

TN<br />

3.1<br />

6.4<br />

TT<br />

2<br />

2.3<br />

TU<br />

9<br />

14<br />

TV TW TX<br />

40<br />

48<br />

22<br />

28<br />

32<br />

38<br />

TY<br />

12<br />

16<br />

TZ<br />

8<br />

10<br />

Part no.<br />

Flat type Round type<br />

CJ-CF006 CJ-CR006<br />

CJ-CF010 CJ-CR010<br />

CJ-CF016 CJ-CR016<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

6<br />

8<br />

10<br />

D<br />

8<br />

10<br />

12<br />

L<br />

11<br />

13<br />

15<br />

MM<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

N<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

R<br />

8<br />

10<br />

12<br />

W<br />

6<br />

8<br />

10<br />

6-3-11


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height<br />

Reed switch<br />

<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-H7NF<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-C73C/C80C<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-H7C<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

≅Hs<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

Auto switch<br />

<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F79F/F7BAL<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs<br />

≅Hs ≅Hs<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

D-J79C<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-A79W<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

6-3-12


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

2<br />

(8.5)<br />

2.5<br />

3<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

D-H7/H7W<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

Hs<br />

15<br />

17<br />

20.5<br />

Operating Range<br />

Auto switch model<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

D-C73C/C80C<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-H7/H7W/H7BAL<br />

D-H7C<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7BAL/F7BAVL<br />

D-F7NTL<br />

B<br />

2<br />

(0.5)<br />

2.5<br />

3<br />

A<br />

1<br />

(7.5)<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

Hs<br />

17.5<br />

19.5<br />

23<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7C<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

B<br />

1<br />

(0)<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

∗ Since this is a guideline including hysteresis,<br />

not meant to be guaranteed.<br />

(Assuming approximately ±30% dispersion.)<br />

There may be the case it will vary substantially<br />

depending on an ambient environment.<br />

Hs<br />

18<br />

20<br />

23.5<br />

A<br />

—<br />

3<br />

3.5<br />

B<br />

—<br />

3<br />

3.5<br />

Hs<br />

—<br />

16.5<br />

19.5<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

A<br />

—<br />

3.5<br />

4<br />

Hs<br />

—<br />

17.5<br />

20.5<br />

B<br />

—<br />

3.5<br />

4<br />

A<br />

—<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

Hs<br />

—<br />

23.5<br />

26.5<br />

D-A79W<br />

∗ Figures in parentheses for bore ø6 are in the case of double rod type, (<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W).<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

6<br />

6<br />

10<br />

7<br />

16<br />

7<br />

—<br />

—<br />

3<br />

5<br />

4<br />

—<br />

8<br />

11<br />

4<br />

8<br />

5<br />

5<br />

9<br />

13<br />

4<br />

9<br />

5<br />

5<br />

D-H7C<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7BAL/F79F<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

Type Model Electrical entry Features<br />

D-A80<br />

Grommet<br />

D-A80H<br />

Without<br />

Reed switch D-A80C<br />

Connector<br />

indicator light<br />

D-C80<br />

Grommet<br />

Solid state switch<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-F7NTL<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

With timer<br />

∗ With pre-wire connector is available for D-F7NTL type, too. For details, refer to page 6-16-56.<br />

B<br />

—<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches can be<br />

mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to page 6-16-1.<br />

Hs<br />

—<br />

20<br />

23<br />

D-J79C<br />

Hs<br />

—<br />

23<br />

26<br />

D-A79W<br />

Hs<br />

—<br />

19<br />

22<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-13


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

ø6, ø10, ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size <br />

6 mm<br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Foot style<br />

Flange style<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>W L<br />

CDJ2W L<br />

16 45<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø6, ø10, ø16 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke<br />

adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch<br />

Mounting” on page 6-3-15.<br />

Cushion<br />

Nil Rubber bumper<br />

A Air cushion<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style)<br />

or “-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of<br />

part number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

A<br />

16 45 A J79W<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2WB16-60-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2WB10-45-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for<br />

2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto<br />

switch model, refer to the<br />

table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together,<br />

(but not assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model<br />

of built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

n<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

12 V<br />

AC<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None connector<br />

Applicable load<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF ∗∗∗<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

—<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />

Water resistant Grommet 2-wire 12 V<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

6-3-14<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W ∗∗<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

IC circuit<br />

IC circuit<br />

IC circuit<br />

IC circuit<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />

∗∗∗ “D-H7NF” cannot be mounted on bore size ø6 cylinder.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Double rod<br />

Symbol<br />

-XA<br />

-XB6<br />

-XB7<br />

-XC22<br />

-XC51<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Specifications<br />

Change of rod end shape<br />

Heat resistant cylinder (150°C)<br />

∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />

Cold resistant cylinder<br />

∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />

Fluoro rubber seals<br />

∗ Not available with air cushion<br />

With hose nipple<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Band mounting style<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

ø6<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

ø6<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

90<br />

55<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

60<br />

60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

65<br />

65<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

(ø10, ø16)<br />

Double acting, Double rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper/Air cushion<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.012 J<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

6, 10, 16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-A7H<br />

D-A80H<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-F7<br />

D-J79<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7W<br />

D-J79W<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

35<br />

10<br />

5<br />

45<br />

10<br />

5<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

45<br />

5<br />

5<br />

30<br />

5<br />

5<br />

55<br />

15<br />

10<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-15


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-13.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Basic style<br />

<br />

<br />

Foot style<br />

<br />

<br />

Option<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

<br />

<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

<br />

<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Mounting bracket<br />

Foot bracket<br />

Flange bracket<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

CJ-L006B<br />

CJ-F006B<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-006<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

CJ-L010B<br />

CJ-F010B<br />

16<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

CJ-F016B<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />

Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />

(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />

when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />

Flange style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Weight<br />

Bore size (mm) 6<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

27<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 3<br />

16<br />

Mounting bracket Foot style<br />

weight<br />

Flange style 5<br />

Theoretical Output<br />

(g)<br />

10 16<br />

35 70<br />

6 9<br />

16 40<br />

5 15<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the<br />

basic weight.<br />

Calculation: (Example)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>WL10-45<br />

• Basic weight ····························· 35 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight ······················ 6/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke ························ 45 stroke<br />

• Mounting bracket weight··········· 16 (Foot style)<br />

35 + 6/15 x 45 + 16 = 69 g<br />

Refer to “Double acting cylinder” in Theoretical<br />

Output 1 of Technical data 3 on page 6-19-1.<br />

In the case of the double rod style, the force at<br />

IN side will be its theoretical output.<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Mounting<br />

Caution<br />

1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten<br />

by applying an appropriate tightening force to the<br />

retaining but or to the rod cover body.<br />

If the head cover is secured or the head cover is<br />

tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the<br />

deviation.<br />

2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate<br />

tightening torque within the range given below.<br />

ø6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m,<br />

ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m<br />

3. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle<br />

pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate pair of<br />

pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />

In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as<br />

the Super Tool CSM-07A for removing and installing<br />

the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />

4. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not<br />

remove the rail that is mounted. Because retaining<br />

screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead to an<br />

air leak.<br />

6-3-16


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />

10-<strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Mounting style<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Double acting, Double rod<br />

Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />

Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which<br />

discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the<br />

outside of clean room by relief port and making an actuator’s<br />

rod section having a double seal construction.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-15.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

CJ1<br />

Mounting<br />

Basic style, Foot style, Flange style<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

For details, refer to the separate catalog “Pneumatic Clean <strong>Series</strong>”.<br />

CM2<br />

Construction<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

With Air Cushion<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Mounting style<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Air cushion<br />

The cushion mechanism is provided for covers in both sides<br />

to absorb the impacts when operating at a high speed.<br />

A<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Mounting style<br />

Copper-free<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Type<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Piston speed<br />

Mounting<br />

Cushion Mechanism<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Effective cushioning<br />

length (mm)<br />

9.4<br />

9.4<br />

∗ For construction, refer to page 6-3-6.<br />

Double acting, Double rod<br />

Non-lube<br />

10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

50 to 1000 mm/s<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style, Flange style<br />

Kinetic energy absorbable<br />

(J)<br />

0.07 J<br />

0.18 J<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum<br />

ø6<br />

operating pressure ø10, ø16<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Double acting, Double rod<br />

6, 10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

15, 30, 45, 60 mm<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Foot style, Flange style<br />

6-3-17


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

With air cushion<br />

Component Parts<br />

No. Description<br />

q Rod cover<br />

w Cylinder tube<br />

e Piston rod<br />

r Piston<br />

t Mounting nut<br />

y Rod end nut<br />

u Bumper<br />

i Piston seal<br />

o Rod seal<br />

!0 Tube gasket<br />

!1 Piston gasket<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Urethane<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Dedicated for with Air Cushion Type<br />

No.<br />

!2<br />

!3<br />

!4<br />

!5<br />

!6<br />

!7<br />

Description<br />

Cushion needle<br />

Steel balls<br />

Cushion ring<br />

Check seal<br />

Cushion ring gasket<br />

Needle seal<br />

Material<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Bearing steel<br />

Brass<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

6-3-18


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>WB Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>WB6<br />

Rod cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

CJ1<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>WB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

A<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

NCM<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Data<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm) A B C D F GA H<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

66<br />

67<br />

Z<br />

122<br />

123<br />

MM NA ND h8 NN S ∗ T Z ∗<br />

0<br />

6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 6 –0.018 M6 x 1.0<br />

10<br />

16<br />

15<br />

15<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

14<br />

20<br />

4<br />

5<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

28<br />

28<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

61<br />

(66)<br />

3<br />

117<br />

(122)<br />

0<br />

8 –0.022 M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

49<br />

50<br />

—<br />

—<br />

105<br />

106<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

10 0<br />

–0.022<br />

6-3-19


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>WL Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>WL<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

A<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Cover surface<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm) A D F GA H LB LC<br />

6 15 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16<br />

10 15 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7<br />

16 15 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

LB<br />

16.5<br />

23<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

66<br />

67<br />

Z<br />

122<br />

123<br />

6-3-20<br />

LH<br />

LT<br />

LX<br />

LY<br />

LZ<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

MM NA NN S ∗ T X Y Z ∗<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

61<br />

(66)<br />

3<br />

117<br />

(122)<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

49<br />

50<br />

—<br />

—<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

9<br />

105<br />

106<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

5<br />

7


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />

Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>WF<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

CJ1<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Cover surface<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>WF<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

A<br />

C76<br />

Cover surface<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

D-<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm) A D F FB FC<br />

3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28<br />

10 15 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28<br />

16 15 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28<br />

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

FB<br />

14.5<br />

19<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

66<br />

67<br />

Z<br />

122<br />

123<br />

FT<br />

FX<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

M5 x 0.8 12.5 M10 x 1.0 50 — 106<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

MM NA NN S ∗ T Z ∗<br />

6 15 M3 x 0.5 16 M6 x 1.0<br />

FY<br />

FZ<br />

GA<br />

H<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

12.5<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

61<br />

(66)<br />

49<br />

Material: Iron<br />

3<br />

—<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

117<br />

(122)<br />

105<br />

6-3-21


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

ø6, ø10, ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

Spring extend<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size <br />

6 mm<br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Spring return Mounting style <br />

B Basic style<br />

L Axial foot style<br />

F Rod side flange style<br />

D Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø6 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-23.<br />

Action<br />

S<br />

T<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or<br />

“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />

number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong> L<br />

CDJ2 L<br />

16 45 S R<br />

16 45 S R J79W<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2B16-60S-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2B10-45S-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />

for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

Symbol<br />

Nil<br />

R<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

6<br />

—<br />

Axial foot style<br />

10, 16<br />

Perpendicular to axis<br />

Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

∗ Single acting, Spring return (S), Clevis style is<br />

available only for 90° to the axis.<br />

∗ Not applicable to single acting, spring extend (T).<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch model,<br />

refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style is<br />

shipped together, (but not<br />

assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder without<br />

an auto switch is required, refer to<br />

the model of built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

n<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

—<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

12 V<br />

—<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

Water resistant Grommet 2-wire 12 V<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

AC<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-22<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None<br />

connector<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />

Applicable load<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

IC circuit —<br />

C73 A73 A73H — —<br />

Relay,<br />

C73C A73C — — —<br />

PLC<br />

— A79W — — — —<br />

H7A1<br />

H7B<br />

F7NV<br />

F7BV<br />

F79<br />

J79<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

H7A2<br />

H7C<br />

F7PV<br />

J79C<br />

F7P<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />

IC circuit Relay,<br />

H7PW — F7PW — <br />

PLC<br />

H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring return<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring extend<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC22 Fluoro rubber seals<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Spring extend<br />

Spring return<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

∗ No freezing<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Band mounting style<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

ø6<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

ø6<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Standard stroke<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1<br />

mm interval with no stroke adjustment by<br />

spacer.<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

90<br />

55<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

60<br />

60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

65<br />

65<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.2 MPa 0.25 MPa<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

(ø10, ø16)<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper ∗<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

Spring Force<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.012 J<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-A7H<br />

D-A80H<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-F7<br />

D-J79<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7W<br />

D-J79W<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

Retracted<br />

side<br />

3.72<br />

6.86<br />

14.2<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Extended<br />

side<br />

1.77<br />

3.53<br />

6.86<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

35<br />

10<br />

5<br />

45<br />

10<br />

5<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

45<br />

5<br />

5<br />

30<br />

5<br />

5<br />

55<br />

15<br />

10<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

(N)<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-23


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Weight/Spring Return (S)<br />

Basic<br />

weight ∗<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

weight<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

15 stroke<br />

30 stroke<br />

45 stroke<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

100 stroke<br />

125 stroke<br />

150 stroke<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style (With pin) *<br />

Weight/Spring Extend (T)<br />

6<br />

11<br />

16<br />

18<br />

23<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

8<br />

5<br />

—<br />

10<br />

28<br />

35<br />

44<br />

53<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

8<br />

5<br />

4<br />

Note<br />

(g)<br />

16<br />

63<br />

80<br />

102<br />

124<br />

145<br />

188<br />

224<br />

250<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />

nut weight is already subtracted.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45S<br />

• Basic weight ····················· 44 (ø10-45 stroke)<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ··· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />

44 + 8 = 52 g<br />

pin) * (g)<br />

Bore size (mm) 6 10 16<br />

15 stroke<br />

17 28 64<br />

30 stroke<br />

21 34 80<br />

45 stroke<br />

23 43 100<br />

Basic<br />

weight ∗<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

100 stroke<br />

27<br />

—<br />

—<br />

51<br />

—<br />

—<br />

121<br />

140<br />

178<br />

125 stroke<br />

— — 212<br />

150 stroke<br />

— — 236<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

weight<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style (With<br />

8<br />

5<br />

—<br />

8<br />

5<br />

4<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />

nut weight is already subtracted.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45T<br />

• Basic weight ····················· 43 (ø10-45 stroke)<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ··· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />

43 + 8 = 51 g<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Mounting bracket<br />

6<br />

16<br />

CJ-L006B<br />

CJ-F006B<br />

Foot bracket<br />

Flange bracket<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

10<br />

CJ-L010B<br />

CJ-F010B<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6-3-24<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-006<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

CJ-F016B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also<br />

available. Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />

(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not<br />

included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel<br />

screws above when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />

attached.<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-13.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

T-bracket<br />

Theoretical Output<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Axial foot<br />

style<br />

Refer to the “Single acting, Spring return cylinder” in Theoretical Output<br />

1 of Technical data 3 on page 6-19-7. In the case of the spring extend<br />

style, the force at OUT side will be the ending force of the spring return,<br />

and that at the IN side will be the amount of the IN side force of the<br />

double acting style cylinder from which the beginning force of the spring<br />

return has been subtracted.<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten<br />

by applying an appropriate tightening force to the<br />

retaining nut or to the rod cover body.<br />

If the head cover is secured or the head cover is<br />

tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the<br />

deviation.<br />

2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate<br />

tightening torque within the range given below.<br />

ø6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m,<br />

ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m<br />

3. In the case of a single acting cylinder, do not<br />

operate it in such a way that a load would be<br />

applied during the retraction of the piston rod of the<br />

spring return style, or during the extension of the<br />

piston rod of the spring extend style. The spring that<br />

is built into the cylinder provides only enough force<br />

to retract the piton rod. Thus, if a load is applied, the<br />

piston rod will not be able to retract to the end of the<br />

stroke.<br />

4. In the case of a single acting cylinder, a breather<br />

hole is provided in the cover surface. Make sure not<br />

to block this hole during installation, as this could<br />

lead to a malfunction.<br />

5. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle<br />

pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate pair of<br />

pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />

In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as<br />

the Super Tool CSM-07A for removing and installing<br />

the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />

6. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not<br />

remove the rail that is mounted. Because retaining<br />

screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead to<br />

an air leak.<br />

Rod side Double ∗<br />

flange style clevis style<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double<br />

knuckle joint. For the attached bracket weight, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Mounting<br />

Caution<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />


Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Short Pitch Mounting Style/Single Acting, Spring Return<br />

Port location on<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke Action head cover <strong>CJ2</strong>B6 Stroke<br />

Copper-free<br />

SU4- X773<br />

Short pitch mounting style<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />

6, 10, 16<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

Minimun operating ø6 0.2 MPa<br />

0.25 MPa<br />

pressure<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Cushion<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-23.)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Mounting<br />

Rod side flange style,<br />

Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />

Mounting pitch is shortened when using in parallel.<br />

External dimensions of rod cover and head cover is changed to<br />

ø7.<br />

Overall length is shorten by adopting head cover integrated<br />

with barb fitting.<br />

ø7<br />

Specifications<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Action<br />

Operating pressure range<br />

Connection size<br />

Connecting port location<br />

Stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Dimensions<br />

M3 x 0. 5<br />

7.5 mm<br />

M6 x 1. 0<br />

15<br />

Application example<br />

Note) Directly mounted with cylinder mounting thread.<br />

ø3<br />

28<br />

0<br />

ø6 n8 –0.018<br />

6<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

0.2 to 0.7 MPa<br />

With ø4 barb fitting (for soft tubing)<br />

Head cover/Axial foot<br />

5 to 60<br />

None<br />

ø4/ø2.5 urethane tubing (TU0425)<br />

or soft nylon tubing (TS0425)<br />

Exhaust air port<br />

8 3<br />

S + Stroke 5<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

(mm)<br />

Stroke 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60<br />

S 30.5 39.5 43.5 57.5<br />

Z 63.5 72.5 76.5 90.5<br />

Note)<br />

1. When installing cylinder, make sure that<br />

exhaust port for air on rod cover should not<br />

be blocked.<br />

2. When a cylinder is mounted, apply threadlocking<br />

adhesive on the threaded part and<br />

secure the external diameter of a rod cover<br />

by plier, etc. for mounting.<br />

ø7<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Verification of push button<br />

actuation for mobile phone, etc.<br />

6-3-25


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>6 Piston/Head cover<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>6 Piston/Rod cover<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

Description<br />

Material<br />

Note<br />

No.<br />

Description<br />

Material<br />

Note<br />

q<br />

Rod cover<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Anodized<br />

o<br />

Seal retainer<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Clear anodized (ø6 spring extend)<br />

w<br />

Head cover<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Anodized<br />

!0<br />

Bumper<br />

Urethane<br />

e<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Stainless steel<br />

!1<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Brass<br />

Nickel plated<br />

r<br />

Piston rod<br />

Stainless steel<br />

!2<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Nickel plated<br />

t<br />

Piston A<br />

Brass<br />

!3<br />

Piston seal<br />

NBR<br />

y<br />

Piston B<br />

Brass<br />

!4<br />

Rod seal<br />

NBR<br />

u<br />

Return spring<br />

Piano wire<br />

Zinc chromated<br />

!5<br />

Tube gasket<br />

NBR<br />

i<br />

Spring seat<br />

Brass<br />

!6<br />

Piston gasket<br />

NBR<br />

6-3-26


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

S Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

CJ1<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B C D F GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN<br />

8<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

9<br />

14<br />

20<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

—<br />

5<br />

5<br />

28 M3 x 0.5 3 7<br />

28 M4 x 0.7 5.5<br />

28 M5 x 0.8 5.5<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L<br />

Bore size<br />

Cover surface<br />

6<br />

8<br />

10<br />

0<br />

–0.018<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st<br />

34.5<br />

(39.5)<br />

45.5<br />

45.5<br />

Stroke S Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

43.5<br />

(48.5)<br />

53<br />

54<br />

47.5<br />

(52.5)<br />

65<br />

66<br />

S ∗<br />

61.5<br />

(66.5)<br />

77<br />

78<br />

—<br />

—<br />

84<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

108<br />

—<br />

—<br />

126<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Z ∗<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st<br />

76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5<br />

(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)<br />

— — — —<br />

—<br />

138<br />

73.5<br />

73.5<br />

81<br />

82<br />

93<br />

94<br />

105<br />

106<br />

—<br />

112<br />

—<br />

136<br />

—<br />

154<br />

—<br />

166<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B C D F GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN X Y<br />

8<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

9<br />

14<br />

20<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

8 — 28 13 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 3<br />

8 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7<br />

8 5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

5<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

7<br />

9<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st<br />

34.5<br />

(39.5)<br />

45.5<br />

45.5<br />

43.5<br />

(48.5)<br />

53<br />

54<br />

47.5<br />

(52.5)<br />

65<br />

66<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

S ∗<br />

61.5<br />

(66.5)<br />

77<br />

78<br />

61 to<br />

75 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

84<br />

76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

108<br />

—<br />

—<br />

126<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

Z ∗<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

61 to<br />

75 st<br />

Material: Iron<br />

76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5<br />

(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)<br />

— — — —<br />

—<br />

138<br />

73.5<br />

73.5<br />

81<br />

82<br />

93<br />

94<br />

105<br />

106<br />

—<br />

112<br />

—<br />

136<br />

—<br />

154<br />

—<br />

166<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

6-3-27


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

S Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Cover surface<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H<br />

15 8 9 3 8 11 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 — 28 M3 x 0.5 3<br />

15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M4 x 0.7<br />

15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 M5 x 0.8<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

MM<br />

NA NB<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NN<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

34.5<br />

(39.5)<br />

45.5<br />

45.5<br />

43.5<br />

(48.5)<br />

53<br />

54<br />

47.5<br />

(52.5)<br />

65<br />

66<br />

S ∗<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

61.5<br />

(66.5)<br />

77<br />

78<br />

—<br />

—<br />

84<br />

—<br />

—<br />

108<br />

—<br />

—<br />

126<br />

—<br />

—<br />

138<br />

62.5<br />

(67.5)<br />

73.5<br />

73.5<br />

71.5<br />

(76.5)<br />

81<br />

82<br />

Z ∗<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

75.5 89.5<br />

(80.5) (94.5)<br />

93 105<br />

94 106<br />

—<br />

—<br />

112<br />

—<br />

—<br />

136<br />

—<br />

—<br />

154<br />

—<br />

—<br />

166<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>D<br />

Bore size<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Stroke<br />

S<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

+0.030<br />

øCDH9 0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

(øcdd9 –0.030<br />

–0.060)<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

ZZ + Stroke<br />

4-øTC<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

5 to 15 st<br />

84.5<br />

89.5<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

16 to 30 st<br />

92<br />

98<br />

CD<br />

(cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

CZ<br />

3.2 12<br />

6.5 18.3<br />

31 to 45 st<br />

104<br />

110<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

46 to 60 st<br />

116<br />

122<br />

ZZ<br />

GB<br />

18<br />

23<br />

61 to 75 st<br />

—<br />

128<br />

H<br />

20<br />

20<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

76 to 100 st<br />

—<br />

152<br />

NA<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

101 to 125 st<br />

—<br />

170<br />

NB<br />

22.5<br />

27.5<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

126 to 150 st<br />

—<br />

182<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

45.5<br />

45.5<br />

53<br />

54<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

65<br />

66<br />

TC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

77<br />

78<br />

S<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

TH<br />

29<br />

35<br />

—<br />

84<br />

—<br />

108<br />

TV<br />

40<br />

48<br />

—<br />

126<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

TW<br />

22<br />

28<br />

—<br />

138<br />

TX<br />

32<br />

38<br />

73.5<br />

75.5<br />

TY<br />

12<br />

16<br />

81<br />

84<br />

93<br />

96<br />

105<br />

108<br />

Z<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

114<br />

—<br />

138<br />

—<br />

156<br />

—<br />

168<br />

6-3-28


Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

T<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B6<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>B10/16<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L6<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>L10/16<br />

A<br />

15 12<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

14<br />

20<br />

Bore size<br />

D<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

H<br />

MM<br />

NN<br />

NA NB ND h8 T<br />

8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 M6 x 1.0 16 3 6<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

28<br />

28<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

M8 x 1.0 12.5 5.5<br />

M10 x 1.0 12.5 5.5<br />

8<br />

Stroke<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Cover surface<br />

Cover surface<br />

T<br />

H + Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

10 0<br />

–0.022<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

0<br />

–0.018<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

3<br />

—<br />

—<br />

46.5<br />

(51.5)<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st<br />

55.5<br />

(60.5)<br />

56<br />

57<br />

59.5<br />

(64.5)<br />

68<br />

69<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

S ∗<br />

61 to 76 to<br />

75 st 100 st<br />

73.5<br />

(78.5)<br />

—<br />

80 —<br />

81 87<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

—<br />

—<br />

111<br />

101 to 126 to<br />

125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

129<br />

—<br />

—<br />

141<br />

5 to<br />

15 st<br />

74.5<br />

(79.5)<br />

76.5<br />

76.5<br />

16 to 31 to<br />

30 st 45 st<br />

83.5<br />

(88.5)<br />

84<br />

85<br />

87.5<br />

(92.5)<br />

96<br />

97<br />

Z ∗<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

101.5<br />

(106.5)<br />

108<br />

109<br />

61 to 76 to<br />

75 st 100 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

115<br />

—<br />

—<br />

139<br />

101 to 126 to<br />

125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

157<br />

—<br />

—<br />

169<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

Rod cover side Head cover side<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN T X Y<br />

15 12 14<br />

15<br />

15<br />

12 14<br />

18.3 20<br />

3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3 5 7<br />

4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 5.5 M8 x 1.0 — 5 7<br />

5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 5.5 M10 x 1.0 — 6 9<br />

5 to 16 to 31 to<br />

15 st 30 st 45 st<br />

46.5<br />

(51.5)<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

55.5<br />

(60.5)<br />

56<br />

57<br />

59.5<br />

(64.5)<br />

68<br />

69<br />

S ∗<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

73.5<br />

(78.5)<br />

80<br />

81<br />

61 to 76 to<br />

75 st 100 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

87<br />

—<br />

—<br />

111<br />

101 to 126 to<br />

125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

5 to<br />

15 st<br />

74.5<br />

(79.5)<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

83.5<br />

(88.5)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

16 to 31 to<br />

30 st 45 st<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

87.5 101.5<br />

(92.5) (106.5)<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Z ∗<br />

61 to 76 to<br />

75 st 100 st<br />

— — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —<br />

129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

—<br />

Material: Iron<br />

—<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

—<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

101 to 126 to<br />

125 st 150 st<br />

—<br />

6-3-29


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F Bore size<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F6<br />

Cover surface<br />

Stroke<br />

T<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>F10/16<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Cover surface<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Rod cover side<br />

Head cover side<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15 12<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

D<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod end nut<br />

F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H<br />

H + Stroke<br />

MM NANB<br />

NN<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3<br />

14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 5.5 M8 x 1.0 —<br />

20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 5.5 M10 x 1.0 —<br />

T<br />

5 to<br />

15 st<br />

46.5<br />

(51.5)<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

16 to 31 to<br />

30 st 45 st<br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

S + Stroke<br />

S ∗<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

55.5 59.5 73.5<br />

(60.5) (64.5) (78.5)<br />

—<br />

56<br />

57<br />

68<br />

69<br />

80<br />

81<br />

—<br />

87<br />

61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-006A<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

5 to<br />

15 st<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

16 to 31 to<br />

30 st 45 st<br />

B<br />

5.5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Z ∗<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

C<br />

6.4<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />

75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />

74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5<br />

— — —<br />

— — — —<br />

(79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)<br />

— — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —<br />

111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169<br />

∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />

d<br />

M3 x 0.5<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

2.4<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>D<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

T<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Rod end nut<br />

H + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

+0.030<br />

øCDH9 0<br />

–0.030<br />

Clevis pin (øcdd9–0.060)<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

ZZ + 2 x Stroke<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

5 to 15 st<br />

95.5<br />

100.5<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

16 to 30 st<br />

103<br />

109<br />

CD<br />

(cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

31 to 45 st<br />

115<br />

121<br />

CZ<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

46 to 60 st<br />

127<br />

133<br />

ZZ<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

61 to 75 st<br />

—<br />

139<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

76 to 100 st<br />

—<br />

163<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

101 to 125 st<br />

—<br />

181<br />

NB<br />

18.5<br />

23.5<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

126 to 150 st<br />

—<br />

193<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

5 to<br />

15 st<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

16 to<br />

30 st<br />

56<br />

57<br />

31 to<br />

45 st<br />

68<br />

69<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

80<br />

81<br />

S<br />

61 to<br />

75 st<br />

—<br />

87<br />

76 to<br />

100 st<br />

—<br />

111<br />

101 to<br />

125 st<br />

—<br />

129<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

TC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

TH<br />

29<br />

35<br />

TV<br />

40<br />

48<br />

126 to<br />

150 st<br />

—<br />

141<br />

TW<br />

22<br />

28<br />

5 to<br />

15 st<br />

84.5<br />

86.5<br />

TX<br />

32<br />

38<br />

16 to<br />

30 st<br />

92<br />

95<br />

31 to<br />

45 st<br />

104<br />

107<br />

TY<br />

12<br />

16<br />

46 to<br />

60 st<br />

116<br />

119<br />

Z<br />

61 to<br />

75 st<br />

—<br />

125<br />

76 to<br />

100 st<br />

—<br />

149<br />

101 to<br />

125 st<br />

—<br />

167<br />

126 to<br />

150 st<br />

—<br />

179<br />

6-3-30


Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and<br />

Its Mounting Height: Single Acting, Spring Return (S)<br />

Reed switch<br />

<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

≅Hs<br />

Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

Auto switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

<br />

D-H7/H7W/H7BAL/H7NF<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

For the operating range of auto switch,<br />

refer to page 6-3-13.<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-C73C/C80C<br />

<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-A79W<br />

≅Hs<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position/Spring Return<br />

Auto switch model<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7/H7C<br />

D-H7W/H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

D-A79W<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F79F/J79C<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

≅Hs<br />

≅Hs<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10 to 15 st<br />

8.5<br />

9<br />

8.5<br />

7.5<br />

8<br />

7.5<br />

9.5<br />

9<br />

10<br />

9.5<br />

7<br />

6.5<br />

16 to 30 st<br />

17.5<br />

16.5<br />

17<br />

16.5<br />

15.5<br />

16<br />

17<br />

17.5<br />

17.5<br />

18<br />

14.5<br />

15<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

A dimension<br />

31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st B<br />

21.5 35.5<br />

2<br />

28.5 40.5<br />

2.5<br />

29 41 47 71 89 101 3<br />

20.5 34.5<br />

1<br />

27.5 39.5<br />

1.5<br />

28 40 46 70 88 100 2<br />

29 41<br />

3<br />

29.5 41.5 47.5 71.5 89.5 101.5 3.5<br />

29.5<br />

30<br />

26.5<br />

27<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

41.5<br />

42<br />

38.5<br />

39<br />

48<br />

45<br />

D-H7C<br />

<br />

D-F7V, D-F7WV, D-F7BAVL<br />

D-J79C<br />

72<br />

69<br />

90<br />

87<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-F7/J79, D-F7W, D-J79W<br />

D-F79F, D-F7BAL<br />

102<br />

99<br />

≅Hs<br />

≅Hs<br />

≅Hs<br />

3.5<br />

4<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />

Auto switch model<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

D-H7/H7W<br />

D-H7NF/H7BAL<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7BAL/F79F<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-F7V/F7BAVL<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-A79W<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

≅Hs<br />

15<br />

17<br />

20.5<br />

17.5<br />

19.5<br />

23<br />

18<br />

20<br />

23.5<br />

16.5<br />

19.5<br />

17.5<br />

20.5<br />

23.5<br />

26.5<br />

20<br />

23<br />

23<br />

26<br />

19<br />

22<br />

6-3-31<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and<br />

Its Mounting Height: Single Acting, Spring Extend (T)<br />

Reed switch<br />

<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

<br />

D-H7/H7W/H7BAL/H7NF<br />

For the operating range of auto switch,<br />

refer to page 6-3-13.<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-C73C/C80C<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-H7C<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs<br />

≅Hs<br />

<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

<br />

D-F7/J79, D-F7W, D-J79W<br />

D-F79F, D-F7BAL<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-A79W<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

≅Hs<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

Minimum lead wire<br />

bending radius 10<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-F7V, D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

D-J79C<br />

≅Hs ≅Hs ≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position/Spring Extend<br />

Auto switch model<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7/H7C<br />

D-H7W/H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F79F/J79C<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

D-A79W<br />

≅Hs<br />

Bore size A<br />

B dimension<br />

(mm) All stroke 10 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

2<br />

2.5<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3.5<br />

8.5<br />

9<br />

8.5<br />

7.5<br />

8<br />

7.5<br />

9.5<br />

9<br />

17.5<br />

16.5<br />

17<br />

16.5<br />

15.5<br />

16<br />

17<br />

17.5<br />

21.5<br />

28.5<br />

29<br />

20.5<br />

27.5<br />

28<br />

29<br />

29.5<br />

35.5<br />

40.5<br />

41<br />

34.5<br />

39.5<br />

40<br />

41<br />

41.5<br />

47<br />

46<br />

47.5<br />

71<br />

70<br />

71.5<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

3.5<br />

4<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

10<br />

9.5<br />

7<br />

6.5<br />

17.5<br />

18<br />

14.5<br />

15<br />

Auto switch<br />

29.5<br />

30<br />

26.5<br />

27<br />

41.5<br />

42<br />

38.5<br />

39<br />

48<br />

45<br />

72<br />

69<br />

101 to 125 st<br />

89<br />

88<br />

87.5<br />

90<br />

87<br />

126 to 150 st<br />

101<br />

100<br />

101.5<br />

102<br />

99<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />

Auto switch model<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

D-H7/H7W<br />

D-H7NF/H7BAL<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7BAL/F79F<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-F7V/F7BAVL<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-A79W<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10<br />

16<br />

≅Hs<br />

15<br />

17<br />

20.5<br />

17.5<br />

19.5<br />

23<br />

18<br />

20<br />

23.5<br />

16.5<br />

19.5<br />

17.5<br />

20.5<br />

23.5<br />

26.5<br />

20<br />

23<br />

23<br />

26<br />

19<br />

22<br />

6-3-32


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

How to Order<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Port location<br />

Symbol<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-<br />

3-34.<br />

∗ Double clevis style is only available<br />

for being perpendicular to axis.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style<br />

Bore size <br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>K L<br />

CDJ2K L<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

24 V<br />

16 60<br />

16 60<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-34.<br />

AC<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

Band mounting<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

J79W<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />

Perpendicular In-line<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-<br />

B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />

number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />

pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style<br />

is shipped together, (but not<br />

assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder without<br />

an auto switch is required, refer to<br />

the model of built-in magnet<br />

cylinder.<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5 3<br />

(Nil) (L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

n<br />

CDJ2KB16-60-A<br />

CDJ2KB10-45-B<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />

6-3-33<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

Prewire<br />

connector<br />

20-<br />

Data


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

A cylinder which rod does<br />

not rotate because of the<br />

hexagonal rod shape.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

Non-rotating accuracy<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Can operate without<br />

lubrication.<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Lubrication<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

+ 1.0<br />

0<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />

Mounting<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

±1.5°<br />

±1°<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

Piston speed<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or<br />

in-line with the cylinder axis is available for<br />

basic style.<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC3 Special port location<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Mounting style<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

Axial<br />

foot style<br />

Rod side<br />

flange style<br />

Mounting nut<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Rod end nut<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Clevis pin<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

T-bracket<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Double clevis ∗<br />

style<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Part numbers for auto switch mounting bracket are common with <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>,<br />

double acting, single rod type. Refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

10<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

16<br />

Foot bracket<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

Flange bracket CJ-F016B<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

CJK-L016B<br />

CJK-F016B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

6-3-34


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages<br />

6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Caution<br />

Caution on Handling<br />

1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten by applying an<br />

appropriate tightening force to the retaining but or to the rod cover body.<br />

If the head cover is secured or the head cover is tightened, the cover could<br />

rotate, leading to the deviation.<br />

2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate tightening torque within the<br />

range given below.<br />

ø10: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m, ø16: 20 to 21 N·m<br />

3. In the case of a non-rotating cylinder, do not operate it in such a way that<br />

rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod. If rotational torque is<br />

applied, the non-rotating guide will become deformed, thus affecting the nonrotating<br />

accuracy.<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Allowable rotational torque (N·m)<br />

0.02<br />

0.04<br />

4. To screw a bracket onto the threaded portion at the tip of the piston rod,<br />

make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and place a wrench over the flat<br />

portion of the rod that protrudes. To tighten, take precautions to prevent the<br />

tightening torque from being applied to the non-rotating guide.<br />

5. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle pin or the clevis pin, use<br />

an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />

In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as the Super Tool CSM-07A<br />

for removing and installing the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />

6. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not remove the rail that is<br />

mounted. Because retaining screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead<br />

to an air leak.<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Weight<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10 16<br />

weight<br />

Double clevis style (With pin) ∗ 4 10<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />

24<br />

4<br />

55<br />

6.5<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

20<br />

15<br />

20<br />

15<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting nut<br />

weight is already subtracted.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>KL10-45<br />

• Basic weight ······················· 24 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight ················ 4/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke ··················· 45 stroke<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ····· 20 (Axial foot style)<br />

24 + 4/15 x 45 + 20 = 56 g<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Copper-free<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Rod non-rotating ø10<br />

accuracy<br />

ø16<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke Action<br />

(g)<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

±1.5°<br />

±1°<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-34.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Rod section<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Nickel plated<br />

No.<br />

u<br />

i<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

Description<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Bumper<br />

Piston seal<br />

Rod seal<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Material<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Urethane<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

6-3-35


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod section<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NDh8<br />

10 0<br />

–0.022<br />

12 0<br />

–0.027<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

46<br />

47<br />

Z<br />

74<br />

75<br />

Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KL<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Rod cover side<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod section<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

B C d H<br />

NTJ-010A 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2<br />

NTJ-015A 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

LB<br />

21.5<br />

23<br />

LC<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

LH<br />

14<br />

14<br />

LT<br />

2.3<br />

2.3<br />

LX<br />

33<br />

33<br />

LY<br />

25<br />

25<br />

LZ<br />

42<br />

42<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

X<br />

6<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

9<br />

9<br />

S<br />

46<br />

47<br />

Z<br />

74<br />

75<br />

6-3-36


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KF<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Rod cover side<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

FB<br />

17.5<br />

19<br />

FC<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

FT<br />

2.3<br />

2.3<br />

FX<br />

33<br />

33<br />

FY<br />

20<br />

20<br />

FZ<br />

42<br />

42<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KD<br />

Cover surface<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Rod end nut<br />

2-øFC Rod section<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod section<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

ZZ + Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

øCDH9<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

+0.030<br />

0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

46<br />

47<br />

Z<br />

74<br />

75<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

B C d H<br />

NTJ-010A 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2<br />

NTJ-015A 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

CD (cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

18<br />

23<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

22.5<br />

27.5<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

S<br />

46<br />

47<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

Z<br />

82<br />

85<br />

ZZ<br />

93<br />

99<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

TC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

TH<br />

29<br />

35<br />

TV<br />

40<br />

48<br />

TW<br />

22<br />

28<br />

TX<br />

32<br />

38<br />

TY<br />

12<br />

16<br />

6-3-37


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

Spring extend<br />

Spring return<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

10<br />

16<br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style<br />

Bore size <br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>K L<br />

CDJ2K L<br />

How to Order<br />

16 45<br />

16 45<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

Action<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

T<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

J79W<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting<br />

style) or “-B” (Band mounting style) to<br />

the end of part number for cylinder with<br />

auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2KB16-60S-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2KB10-45S-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and<br />

nuts for 2 pcs. switches come with the<br />

rail.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Port location<br />

Symbol<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-34.<br />

∗ Single acting, Spring return (S), Clevis<br />

style is available only for 90° to the axis.<br />

∗ Not applicable to single acting, spring<br />

extend (T).<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

—<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

12 V<br />

—<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

AC<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-38<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together, (but<br />

not assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model of<br />

built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None connector<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />

Applicable load<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

C73 A73 A73H — —<br />

— Relay,<br />

C73C A73C — —<br />

PLC<br />

— A79W — — — —<br />

H7A1<br />

H7B<br />

F7NV<br />

F7BV<br />

F79<br />

J79<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

H7A2<br />

H7C<br />

F7PV<br />

J79C<br />

F7P<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />

IC circuit Relay,<br />

H7PW — F7PW — <br />

PLC<br />

H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

A cylinder which rod does<br />

not rotate because of the<br />

hexagonal rod shape.<br />

Non-rotating accuracy<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Can operate without lubrication.<br />

Spring extend<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring return<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring extend<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Spring return<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Specifications<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

T-bracket<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm<br />

interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

Axial foot<br />

style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Rod side<br />

flange style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Double clevis ∗<br />

style<br />

Part numbers for auto switch mounting bracket are common with <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>,<br />

double acting, single rod type. Refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

±1.5°<br />

±1°<br />

Spring Force<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

10<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

16<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

(N)<br />

Retracted side Extended side<br />

6.86<br />

14.2<br />

3.53<br />

6.86<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Foot bracket<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

Flange bracket CJ-F016B<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

CJK-L016B<br />

CJK-F016B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

6-3-39


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Weight/Spring Return, ( ): Spring Extend<br />

Basic<br />

weight ∗<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

weight<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

15 stroke<br />

30 stroke<br />

45 stroke<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

100 stroke<br />

125 stroke<br />

150 stroke<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style ∗ (With pin)<br />

10<br />

28(28)<br />

35(34)<br />

44(43)<br />

53(51)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

20<br />

15<br />

4<br />

(g)<br />

16<br />

63(64)<br />

80(80)<br />

102(100)<br />

124(121)<br />

145(140)<br />

188(178)<br />

224(212)<br />

250(236)<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />

nut weight is already subtracted.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45T<br />

• Basic weight ····················· 44 (ø10-45 stroke)<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ··· 20 (Axial foot style)<br />

44 + 20 = 6 g<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

<br />

Copper-free<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

Action<br />

Single acting/Spring return, Spring extend<br />

Fluid<br />

Air<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10, 16<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Cushion<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-39.)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Mounting<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

u<br />

i<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston A<br />

Piston B<br />

Return spring<br />

Spring seat<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Piano wire<br />

Brass<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Zinc chromated<br />

No.<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

!3<br />

!4<br />

!5<br />

Description<br />

Bumper<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piston seal<br />

Rod seal<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Material<br />

Urethane<br />

Brass<br />

Rolled steel<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

6-3-40


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

S Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

CJ1<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm) A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA MM<br />

10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7<br />

16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Symbol<br />

S<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm) 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30<br />

10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81<br />

16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82<br />

Stroke<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KL<br />

Rod section<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Cover surface<br />

S Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod section<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

31 to 45<br />

93<br />

94<br />

NA<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

46 to 60<br />

105<br />

106<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

Z<br />

61 to 75<br />

—<br />

112<br />

NDh8<br />

0<br />

10 –0.022<br />

0<br />

12<br />

–0.027<br />

76 to 100<br />

—<br />

136<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

154<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

166<br />

Rod cover side<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm) A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA LB LC LH LT LX<br />

10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33<br />

16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Stroke<br />

Symbol<br />

5 to 15<br />

45.5<br />

45.5<br />

16 to 30<br />

53<br />

54<br />

31 to 45<br />

65<br />

66<br />

S<br />

46 to 60<br />

77<br />

78<br />

61 to 75 76 to 100<br />

— —<br />

84 108<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

126<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

138<br />

5 to 15<br />

73.5<br />

73.5<br />

LY<br />

25<br />

25<br />

16 to 30<br />

81<br />

82<br />

LZ<br />

42<br />

42<br />

31 to 45<br />

93<br />

94<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

B C d H<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

10<br />

16<br />

7<br />

8<br />

8.1 M4 x 0.7<br />

9.2 M5 x 0.8<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

46 to 60<br />

105<br />

106<br />

Z<br />

NA<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

61 to 75<br />

—<br />

112<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

76 to 100<br />

—<br />

136<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

154<br />

X<br />

6<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

9<br />

9<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

166<br />

6-3-41


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KF<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

S Port location on head cover<br />

Rod cover side<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

2-øFC Rod section<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

FB<br />

17.5<br />

19<br />

FC<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

FT<br />

2.3<br />

2.3<br />

FX<br />

33<br />

33<br />

FY<br />

20<br />

20<br />

FZ<br />

42<br />

42<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Stroke<br />

Symbol<br />

S<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

Z<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

45.5<br />

45.5<br />

53<br />

54<br />

65<br />

66<br />

77<br />

78<br />

—<br />

84<br />

—<br />

108<br />

—<br />

126<br />

—<br />

138<br />

73.5<br />

73.5<br />

81<br />

82<br />

93<br />

94<br />

105<br />

106<br />

—<br />

112<br />

—<br />

136<br />

—<br />

154<br />

—<br />

166<br />

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KD<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke S<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod section<br />

+0.030 øCDH9 0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

ZZ + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

Bore size (mm) TC TH TV TW<br />

10 4.5 29 40 22<br />

16<br />

6-3-42<br />

CA<br />

14<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

CD(cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

GB<br />

18<br />

23<br />

H<br />

20<br />

20<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

NB<br />

22.5<br />

27.5<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

Applicable<br />

Part no. bore (mm) B C d H<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

10<br />

16<br />

7<br />

8<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Symbol<br />

S<br />

Z<br />

ZZ<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 12 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —<br />

45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 75.5 84 96 108 114 138 156 168 89.5 98 110 122 128 152 170 182<br />

5.5<br />

35<br />

48<br />

TX TY<br />

32 12<br />

28 38 16<br />

Material: Iron<br />

3.2<br />

4


Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

T<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Symbol<br />

5 to 15<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

Stroke<br />

16 to 30<br />

56<br />

57<br />

31 to 45<br />

68<br />

69<br />

46 to 60<br />

80<br />

81<br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Axial Foot Style (T)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KL<br />

S<br />

61 to 75<br />

—<br />

87<br />

76 to 100<br />

—<br />

111<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

129<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

141<br />

5 to 15<br />

76.5<br />

76.5<br />

16 to 30<br />

84<br />

85<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

LB<br />

21.5<br />

23<br />

LC<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

LH<br />

14<br />

14<br />

LT<br />

2.3<br />

2.3<br />

LX<br />

33<br />

33<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Stroke<br />

Bore size<br />

Symbol<br />

5 to 15<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

16 to 30<br />

56<br />

57<br />

Stroke<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod section<br />

31 to 45<br />

68<br />

69<br />

T<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod section<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S<br />

46 to 60<br />

80<br />

81<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

H + Stroke<br />

61 to 75 76 to 100<br />

— —<br />

87 111<br />

H + Stroke<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

129<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

141<br />

5 to 15<br />

76.5<br />

76.5<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

16 to 30<br />

84<br />

85<br />

31 to 45<br />

96<br />

97<br />

LY<br />

25<br />

25<br />

LZ<br />

42<br />

42<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

31 to 45<br />

96<br />

97<br />

46 to 60<br />

108<br />

109<br />

Z<br />

NB<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

46 to 60<br />

108<br />

109<br />

61 to 75<br />

—<br />

115<br />

MM NA<br />

M4 x 0.7 12.5<br />

M5 x 0.8 12.5<br />

Z<br />

61 to 75<br />

—<br />

115<br />

NDh8<br />

0<br />

10<br />

12<br />

–0.022<br />

0<br />

–0.027<br />

76 to 100<br />

–<br />

139<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

NB<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

76 to 100<br />

—<br />

139<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

157<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

169<br />

Rod cover side<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm) B C d H<br />

NTJ-010A 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2<br />

NTJ-015A 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4<br />

101 to 125<br />

—<br />

157<br />

X<br />

6<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

9<br />

9<br />

126 to 150<br />

—<br />

169<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-43


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KF<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

T<br />

Rod cover side<br />

Cover surface<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod sedtion<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

FB<br />

17.5<br />

19<br />

FC<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

FT<br />

2.3<br />

2.3<br />

FX<br />

33<br />

33<br />

FY<br />

20<br />

20<br />

FZ<br />

42<br />

42<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Stroke<br />

Symbol<br />

Single Acting, Spring Extend/Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

S<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

Z<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

NN<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

M12 x 1.0<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

48.5<br />

48.5<br />

56<br />

57<br />

68<br />

69<br />

80<br />

81<br />

—<br />

87<br />

—<br />

111<br />

—<br />

129<br />

—<br />

141<br />

76.5<br />

76.5<br />

84<br />

85<br />

96<br />

97<br />

108<br />

109<br />

—<br />

115<br />

—<br />

139<br />

—<br />

157<br />

—<br />

169<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>KD<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Rod end nut<br />

T<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

+0.030 øCDH9 0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />

T-bracket<br />

Rod sedtion<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

ZZ + 2 x Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Dimensions by Stroke<br />

Stroke<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

BA<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

BB<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

CA<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CB<br />

14<br />

20<br />

CD<br />

(cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

18.5<br />

23.5<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

Applicable<br />

Part no. bore (mm) B C d H<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

10<br />

16<br />

7<br />

8<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Symbol<br />

S<br />

Z<br />

ZZ<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — — 95.5 103 115 127 — — — —<br />

48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 86.5 95 107 119 125 149 167 179 100.5 109 121 133 139 163 181 193<br />

Bore size (mm) TC TH TV TW TX TY<br />

10<br />

16<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

29<br />

35<br />

40<br />

48<br />

22<br />

28<br />

32<br />

38<br />

12<br />

16<br />

6-3-44<br />

Material: Iron<br />

3.2<br />

4


Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

Band mounting style<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

CDJ2Z<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

10<br />

16<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

How to Order<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>Z L 16 60<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

AC<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

L 16 60 J79W<br />

Port location<br />

Symbol<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗For configuration, refer to page 6-3-46.<br />

∗ Double clevis style is only available for<br />

being perpendicular to axis.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number for<br />

cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2ZB16-60-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2ZB10-45-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for<br />

2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style<br />

is shipped together, (but not<br />

assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is required,<br />

refer to the model of built-in<br />

magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />

6-3-45<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None connector<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />

Applicable load<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

IC circuit —<br />

C73 A73 A73H — —<br />

Relay,<br />

C73C A73C — — —<br />

PLC<br />

— A79W — — — —<br />

H7A1<br />

H7B<br />

F7NV<br />

F7BV<br />

F79<br />

J79<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

H7A2<br />

H7C<br />

F7PV<br />

J79C<br />

F7P<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />

IC circuit Relay,<br />

H7PW — F7PW — <br />

PLC<br />

H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

20-<br />

Data


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

Space-saving air cylinder<br />

with speed controller built-in<br />

cylinder cover<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Speed controller<br />

Mounting<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

Built-in<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

T-bracket<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Axial<br />

foot style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Rod side<br />

flange style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Double clevis∗<br />

style<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or<br />

in-line with the cylinder axis is available for<br />

basic style.<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Part numbers for mounting bracket and auto switch mounting bracket are<br />

common with <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>, double acting, single rod type. Refer to page 6-3-4.<br />

6-3-46


Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

Weight<br />

(g)<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

40<br />

16<br />

73<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />

4<br />

6.5<br />

<br />

Copper-free<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket<br />

weight<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style ∗ (With pin)<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>ZL10-45<br />

• Basic weight ··························· 40 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight ··················· 4/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke ······················ 45 stroke<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ········ 8 (Axial foot style)<br />

40 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 60 g<br />

8<br />

5<br />

4<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

10, 16<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

MB1<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-46.)<br />

CA2<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

Description<br />

Material<br />

Note<br />

No.<br />

Description<br />

Material<br />

Note<br />

q<br />

Rod cover<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Anodized<br />

!1<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Brass<br />

Nickel plated<br />

w<br />

Head cover<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Anodized<br />

!2<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Nickel plated<br />

e<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Stainless steel<br />

!3<br />

Piston seal<br />

NBR<br />

r<br />

Piston rod<br />

Stainless steel<br />

!4<br />

Rod seal<br />

NBR<br />

t<br />

Piston<br />

Brass<br />

!5<br />

Check seal A<br />

NBR<br />

y<br />

Bumper<br />

Urethane<br />

!6<br />

Check seal B<br />

NBR<br />

u<br />

Speed controller needle<br />

Stainless steel<br />

!7<br />

Tube gasket<br />

NBR<br />

i<br />

Check packing sleeve<br />

Brass<br />

!8<br />

Piston gasket<br />

NBR<br />

o<br />

Steel balls<br />

Bearing steel<br />

!9<br />

Needle seal<br />

NBR<br />

!0<br />

Snap ring<br />

Carbon tool steel<br />

Black zinc chromated<br />

6-3-47


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

GB<br />

6.5<br />

6.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NB<br />

18<br />

18<br />

NDh8<br />

8<br />

10<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

NN<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WB<br />

13.5<br />

13.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

63<br />

64<br />

Z<br />

91<br />

92<br />

Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZL<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Cover surface<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

GB<br />

6.5<br />

6.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

LB<br />

16.5<br />

23<br />

LC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

LH<br />

9<br />

14<br />

LT<br />

1.6<br />

2.3<br />

LX<br />

24<br />

33<br />

LY<br />

16.5<br />

25<br />

LZ<br />

32<br />

42<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NB<br />

18<br />

18<br />

NN<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

63<br />

64<br />

WA WB WW<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

13.5<br />

13.5<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

X<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

7<br />

9<br />

Z<br />

91<br />

92<br />

6-3-48


Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />

Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZF<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

CJ1<br />

Mounting nut ∗ S + Stroke<br />

Cover surface<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

FB<br />

14.5<br />

19<br />

FC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

FT<br />

1.6<br />

2.3<br />

Double Clevis Style (D)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZD<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

FX<br />

24<br />

33<br />

FY<br />

14<br />

20<br />

FZ<br />

32<br />

42<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

GB<br />

6.5<br />

6.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NB<br />

18<br />

18<br />

NN WA<br />

M8 x 1.0 14.5<br />

M10 x 1.0 14.5<br />

WB<br />

13.5<br />

13.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

63<br />

64<br />

Z<br />

91<br />

92<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

øCDH9<br />

+0.030<br />

0<br />

Clevis pin<br />

(øcdd9 –0.030<br />

–0.060)<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

T-bracket<br />

For details,<br />

refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

ZZ + Stroke<br />

Applicable<br />

Part no.<br />

bore (mm)<br />

B<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

10<br />

16<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

17<br />

20<br />

CD<br />

(cd)<br />

3.3<br />

5<br />

CX<br />

3.2<br />

6.5<br />

CZ<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

GB<br />

19.5<br />

24.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NB<br />

31<br />

36<br />

R<br />

5<br />

8<br />

S<br />

63<br />

64<br />

U<br />

8<br />

10<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WB<br />

26.5<br />

31.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

Z<br />

99<br />

102<br />

ZZ<br />

110<br />

116<br />

T-bracket Dimensions<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

TC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

TH<br />

29<br />

35<br />

TV<br />

40<br />

48<br />

TW<br />

22<br />

28<br />

TX<br />

32<br />

38<br />

TY<br />

12<br />

16<br />

6-3-49


Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Foot style<br />

Flange style<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZW L 16<br />

CDJ2ZW L 16<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-15.<br />

45<br />

45<br />

J79W<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number for<br />

cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2ZWB16-60-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2ZWB10-45-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />

pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style<br />

is shipped together, (but not<br />

assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is required,<br />

refer to the model of built-in<br />

magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

AC<br />

Band mounting<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />

Perpendicular In-line<br />

— C76 —<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

— C73C A73C<br />

∗∗<br />

— — A79W<br />

H7A1 F7NV<br />

H7A2 F7PV<br />

H7B F7BV<br />

H7C J79C<br />

H7NW F7NWV<br />

— H7PW —<br />

H7BW F7BWV<br />

H7BA —<br />

— F7BAV<br />

H7NF —<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-50<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5 3<br />

(Nil) (L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Pre-wire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.


Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />

Space-saving air cylinder<br />

with speed controller built-in<br />

cylinder cover<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Double acting, Double rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Speed controller<br />

Mounting<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

∗ Intermediate stroke length is available by<br />

the 1 mm interval with no stroke<br />

adjustment by spacer.<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

Built-in type<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style, Flange style<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Minimum Stroke for<br />

Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch<br />

Mounting” on page 6-3-15.<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

Basic style<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

Foot style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Flange style<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Mounting bracket<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Foot bracket<br />

CJ-L010B<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

Flange bracket<br />

CJ-F010B<br />

CJ-F016B<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-51


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />

Weight<br />

(g)<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Basic weight ∗ ∗<br />

Additional weight per every each 15 mm of stroke<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket weight<br />

Foot style<br />

Flange style<br />

10<br />

50<br />

6<br />

16<br />

5<br />

∗ Rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>ZWL10-45<br />

• Basic weight ····························· 50 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight ······················ 6/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke ·························· 45 stroke<br />

• Mounting bracket weight ··········· 16 (Axial foot style)<br />

50 + 6/15 x 45 + 16 = 84 g<br />

16<br />

85<br />

9<br />

40<br />

15<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>XW<br />

<br />

Copper-free<br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Double acting, Double rod<br />

10, 16<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.1 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Basic style, Foot style, Flange style<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

u<br />

i<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston<br />

Bumper<br />

Speed controller needle<br />

Steel balls<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Urethane<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Bearing steel<br />

Brass<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Nickel plated<br />

No.<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

!3<br />

!4<br />

!5<br />

Description<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piston seal<br />

Rod seal<br />

Check seal<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Needle seal<br />

Material<br />

Rolled steel<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

6-3-52


Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />

Double Acting, Double Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZWB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

CJ1<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm) A B C D F<br />

10 15 15 17 4 8<br />

16 15 18.3 20 5 8<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NDh8<br />

0<br />

8 –0.022<br />

0<br />

10 –0.022<br />

NN<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

66<br />

67<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

Z<br />

122<br />

123<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

Foot Style (L)<br />

C76<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZWL<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Cover surface Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

B –0.3<br />

0<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

2-øLC<br />

Mounting hole<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

LB<br />

16.5<br />

23<br />

LC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

LH<br />

9<br />

14<br />

LT<br />

1.6<br />

2.3<br />

LX<br />

24<br />

33<br />

LY<br />

16.5<br />

25<br />

LZ<br />

32<br />

42<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NN<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

66<br />

67<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

X<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

7<br />

9<br />

Z<br />

122<br />

123<br />

6-3-53


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />

Flange Style (F)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>ZWF Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

2-øFC<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Cover surface Mounting hole<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

B –0.3<br />

0<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

15<br />

18.3<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

FB<br />

14.5<br />

19<br />

FC<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

FT<br />

1.6<br />

2.3<br />

FX<br />

24<br />

33<br />

FY<br />

14<br />

20<br />

FZ<br />

32<br />

42<br />

GA<br />

7.5<br />

7.5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

21<br />

21<br />

NN<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

66<br />

67<br />

WA<br />

14.5<br />

14.5<br />

WW<br />

4.5<br />

5.5<br />

Z<br />

122<br />

123<br />

6-3-54


Air Cylinder: Low Friction Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

How to Order<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

Without auto switch<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style<br />

With auto switch CDJ2Q<br />

Band mounting style<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>Q L 16 60<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

AC<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

L 16 60 J79W<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Symbol Port location<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-<br />

57.<br />

∗ Double clevis style is only available<br />

for being perpendicular to axis.<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

Band mounting<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />

Perpendicular In-line<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B” (Band<br />

mounting style) to the end of part number for cylinder<br />

with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2QB16-60-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2QB10-45-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />

pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together, (but<br />

not assembled).<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model of<br />

built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5 3<br />

(Nil) (L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

—<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

—<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

—<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

6-3-55<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

Prewire<br />

connector<br />

20-<br />

Data


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />

Specially designed to keep<br />

friction of the piston to a<br />

minimum. Suitable for<br />

contact-pressure control<br />

requiring smooth operation at<br />

low pressures.<br />

Application Example<br />

Low friction cylinder is used in combination with precision regulator (<strong>Series</strong> IR).<br />

Driving roller<br />

Winding roller<br />

Precision regulator<br />

Precision regulator<br />

Low sliding resistance<br />

Minimum operating pressure: 0.03 MPa<br />

Moving object<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Mounting<br />

Piston speed<br />

ø10<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

ø16<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm) Standard stroke<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.03 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

10, 16<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75,<br />

100, 125, 150<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75,<br />

100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate stroke length is available by<br />

the 1 mm interval with no stroke<br />

adjustment by spacer.<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />

6-3-56


Air Cylinder: Low Friction Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Rod side<br />

flange<br />

style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Mounting bracket<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Foot bracket<br />

Flange bracket<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

CJ-L010B<br />

CJ-F010B<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

CJ-F016B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Weight<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

T-bracket<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Axial<br />

foot style<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

10<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Double clevis style (With pin) ∗ 4<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />

Axial foot style<br />

24<br />

4<br />

8<br />

Mounting<br />

bracket weight Rod side flange style<br />

5<br />

Note<br />

Double ∗<br />

clevis<br />

style<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double<br />

knuckle joint.<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also<br />

available. Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />

(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not<br />

included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel<br />

screws above when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />

attached.<br />

(g)<br />

16<br />

55<br />

6.5<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />

nut weight is already subtracted.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>QL10-45<br />

• Basic weight·························· 24 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight··················· 4/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke······················ 45 stroke<br />

• Mounting bracket weight······· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />

24 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 44 g<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line with the cylinder axis is<br />

available for basic style. (ø6 is available only as in-line style.)<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Sliding Resistance of the Low Friction Side<br />

Sliding resistance * (MPa)<br />

0.08<br />

0.07<br />

0.06<br />

0.05<br />

0.04<br />

0.03<br />

0.02<br />

0.01<br />

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7<br />

Operating pressure (MPa)<br />

∗ Conversion into the cylinder operating pressure:<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-57


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Nickel plated<br />

No.<br />

u<br />

i<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

Description<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Bumper<br />

Piston seal<br />

Rod seal<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Material<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Urethane<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

For low friction<br />

For low friction<br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>QB<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Mounting nut ∗<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

F<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GA<br />

8<br />

8<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

28<br />

28<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

8<br />

10<br />

ND<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

0<br />

–0.022<br />

NN<br />

M8 x 1.0<br />

M10 x 1.0<br />

S<br />

46<br />

47<br />

Z<br />

74<br />

75<br />

For dimensions of each mounting bracket, refer to pages 6-3-8 to 6-3-10.<br />

6-3-58


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

—<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

How to Order<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

Band mounting style<br />

Special function<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

A Bottom mounting style<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>RA 16 60<br />

CDJ2RA<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Symbol Port location<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page<br />

6-3-61.<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

AC<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum<br />

Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

16 60 J79W<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />

for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2RB16-60-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2RB10-45-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />

for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together, (but<br />

not assembled).<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model of<br />

built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5 3<br />

(Nil) (L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

6-3-59<br />

Prewire<br />

connector<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R direct mount<br />

cylinder can be installed<br />

directly through the use of a<br />

square rod cover.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Mounting<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

10, 16<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Piston speed<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

ø10<br />

0.035 J<br />

ø16<br />

0.090 J<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Symbol<br />

-XA<br />

-XC51<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Specifications<br />

Change of rod end shape<br />

With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Band<br />

mounting<br />

style<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

90<br />

55<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

60<br />

60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

65<br />

65<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Rail<br />

mounting<br />

style<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-A7H<br />

D-A80H<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-F7<br />

D-J79<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7W<br />

D-J79W<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

No. of auto switches<br />

mounted<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

35<br />

10<br />

5<br />

45<br />

10<br />

5<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

45<br />

5<br />

5<br />

30<br />

5<br />

5<br />

55<br />

15<br />

10<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

6-3-60


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

Weight<br />

Bore size (mm) 10<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

36<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 4<br />

Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />

10-<strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />

(g)<br />

16<br />

71.5<br />

6.5<br />

∗ Rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>RA10-45<br />

• Basic weight ··············· 36 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight ········ 4/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke ··········· 45 stroke<br />

36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g<br />

<br />

Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />

Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which<br />

discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the<br />

outside of clean room by relief port and making an actuator’s<br />

rod section having a double seal construction.<br />

Specifications<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or<br />

in-line with the cylinder axis is available for<br />

basic style.<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

Bore size Stroke Port location onhead cover 20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RA Bore size Stroke Port location onhead cover<br />

Action<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10, 16<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

0.08 MPa<br />

Cushion<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Standard stroke (mm) Same as the standard. (Refer to page 6-3-60.)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Mounting<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

For details, specifications about the Clean <strong>Series</strong>, refer to the<br />

separate catalog “Pneumatic Clean <strong>Series</strong>”.<br />

<br />

Copper-free<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket/<br />

Part No. (Band mounting style)<br />

∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless<br />

steel<br />

The following set of mounting screws<br />

made of stainless steel is also<br />

available. Use it in accordance with the<br />

operating environment. (Please order<br />

the mounting band separately, since it<br />

is not included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder<br />

with the stainless steel screws above<br />

when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped<br />

independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />

attached.<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10, 16<br />

Action<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Cushion<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-60.)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Mounting<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

6-3-61


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

Description<br />

Material<br />

Note<br />

No.<br />

Description<br />

Material<br />

Note<br />

q<br />

Rod cover<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Anodized<br />

u<br />

Bumper<br />

Urethane<br />

w<br />

Head cover<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Anodized<br />

i<br />

Piston seal<br />

NBR<br />

e<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Stainless steel<br />

o<br />

Rod seal<br />

NBR<br />

r<br />

Piston rod<br />

Stainless steel<br />

!0<br />

Piston gasket<br />

NBR<br />

t<br />

Piston<br />

Brass<br />

!1<br />

Tube gasket<br />

NBR<br />

y<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Bottom Mounting Style<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod end nut<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

GA<br />

16<br />

16<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

20<br />

20<br />

L<br />

23<br />

26<br />

LB<br />

16<br />

20<br />

LD<br />

ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />

ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />

LH<br />

8<br />

10<br />

LX<br />

12<br />

16<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

20.5<br />

20.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

X<br />

28<br />

28<br />

Y<br />

8<br />

8<br />

S<br />

54<br />

55<br />

Z<br />

74<br />

75<br />

6-3-62


Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)<br />

and Its Mounting Height<br />

Reed switch<br />

<br />

D-C7/C80<br />

Auto switch<br />

Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

Solid state switch<br />

<br />

D-H7/H7W/H7BAL/H7NF<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

For the operating range of auto switch,<br />

refer to page 6-3-13.<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs ≅Hs<br />

D-C73C/C80C<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-H7C<br />

≅Hs ≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

<br />

D-A7/A80<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F79F/F7BAL<br />

Auto switch<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

≅Hs<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

Auto switch<br />

Auto switch<br />

≅Hs ≅Hs<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

Auto switch<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

≅Hs<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-A79W<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-J79C<br />

≅Hs<br />

Auto switch<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />

Auto switch D-C7/C80<br />

model D-H7/H7W<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

2.5<br />

3<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

Hs<br />

17<br />

20.5<br />

B<br />

2.5<br />

3<br />

A<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

Hs<br />

19.5<br />

23<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7C<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

B<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

D-H7C<br />

Hs<br />

20<br />

23.5<br />

A<br />

3<br />

3.5<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

B<br />

3<br />

3.5<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

Hs<br />

16.5<br />

19.5<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-A73C/A80C<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7V/F7WV<br />

D-F79F/J79C<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

A<br />

3.5<br />

4<br />

B<br />

3.5<br />

4<br />

D-A7H/A80H<br />

D-F7/J79<br />

D-F7W/J79W<br />

D-F7BAL/F79F<br />

Hs<br />

17.5<br />

20.5<br />

A<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

Hs<br />

23.5<br />

26.5<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

B<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

Hs<br />

20<br />

23<br />

D-J79C<br />

Hs<br />

23<br />

26<br />

D-A79W<br />

Hs<br />

19<br />

22<br />

6-3-63


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

A Bottom mounting style<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Action<br />

S<br />

T<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />

for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>RA 16 45 S<br />

CDJ2RA 16 45 S J79W<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2RA16-60S-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2RA10-45S-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />

for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Symbol Port location<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page<br />

6-3-61.<br />

∗ Not applicable to single acting,<br />

spring extend (T).<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together, (but<br />

not assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model of<br />

built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Load voltage Auto switch model<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

Wiring<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None<br />

(Output) DC AC<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent) —<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

2-wire<br />

100 V C73 A73 A73H —<br />

12 V<br />

— C73C A73C — <br />

24 V<br />

— — — A79W — — —<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

H7A1 F7NV F79 —<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

H7A2 F7PV F7P —<br />

2-wire<br />

H7B F7BV J79 —<br />

12 V<br />

H7C J79C — <br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

H7NW F7NWV F79W —<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP) 24 V — H7PW — F7PW —<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-64<br />

Prewire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R direct mount<br />

cylinder can be installed<br />

directly through the use of a<br />

square rod cover.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring return<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring extend<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Mounting<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

Standard stroke<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard equipment<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Option<br />

Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />

Use it in accordance with the operating environment. (Please order the mounting<br />

band separately, since it is not included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />

when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Spring Force<br />

(N)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

Retracted side Extended side<br />

10<br />

16<br />

6.86<br />

14.2<br />

3.53<br />

6.86<br />

6-3-65


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

Weight/Spring Return<br />

(g)<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

15 stroke<br />

10<br />

38<br />

16<br />

73<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />

Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

Action<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

30 stroke<br />

45<br />

90<br />

Copper-free<br />

Weight ∗<br />

45 stroke<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

100 stroke<br />

125 stroke<br />

54<br />

63<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

112<br />

134<br />

155<br />

198<br />

234<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

150 stroke<br />

∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />

—<br />

260<br />

Specifications<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10/16<br />

Weight/Spring Extend<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

15 stroke<br />

30 stroke<br />

45 stroke<br />

10<br />

44<br />

50<br />

59<br />

16<br />

78<br />

94<br />

114<br />

(g)<br />

Action<br />

Max. operating pressure<br />

Min. operating pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Single acting, Spring return; Single acting, Spring extend<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-65.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Weight ∗<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

67<br />

—<br />

135<br />

154<br />

Mounting<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

100 stroke<br />

—<br />

192<br />

125 stroke<br />

—<br />

226<br />

150 stroke<br />

—<br />

250<br />

∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

u<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston A<br />

Piston B<br />

Return spring<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Piano wire<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Zinc chromated<br />

No.<br />

i<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

!3<br />

!4<br />

Description<br />

Spring seat<br />

Bumper<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piston seal<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Rod seal<br />

Material<br />

Brass<br />

Urethane<br />

Rolled steel<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

6-3-66


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />

Single Acting: Bottom Mounting Style<br />

Spring return: <strong>CJ2</strong>RA Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

S<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Breathing hole<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

CJ1<br />

Spring extend: <strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

D<br />

4<br />

5<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

20<br />

20<br />

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return<br />

Bore<br />

size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

L<br />

23<br />

26<br />

LB<br />

16<br />

20<br />

LD<br />

ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />

ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />

LH<br />

8<br />

10<br />

LX<br />

12<br />

16<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

Symbol<br />

S<br />

Z<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —<br />

53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166<br />

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (Dimensions not mentioned in the below table are the same as the above table.)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Stroke<br />

GA<br />

16<br />

16<br />

NA<br />

20.5<br />

20.5<br />

NB<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

Bore size<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Stroke<br />

X + Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

T<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Breathing hole<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

NA<br />

13.5<br />

13.5<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

S<br />

Z<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

56.5<br />

56.5<br />

64<br />

65<br />

76<br />

77<br />

88<br />

89<br />

—<br />

95<br />

—<br />

119<br />

—<br />

137<br />

—<br />

149<br />

76.5<br />

76.5<br />

84<br />

85<br />

96<br />

97<br />

108<br />

109<br />

—<br />

115<br />

—<br />

139<br />

—<br />

157<br />

—<br />

169<br />

X<br />

28<br />

28<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Y<br />

8<br />

8<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-67


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

A<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA 16 60<br />

CDJ2RKA<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

16 60 J79W<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />

for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2RKA16-60-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2RKA10-45-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />

for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Symbol Port location<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to<br />

page 6-3-70.<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together, (but<br />

not assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model of<br />

built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil 2 pcs.<br />

S 1 pc.<br />

n “n” pcs.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

—<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

12 V<br />

—<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

AC<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Band mounting<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-68<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />

Perpendicular In-line<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5 3<br />

(Nil) (L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Prewire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Specifications<br />

A cylinder which rod does<br />

not rotate because of the<br />

hexagonal rod shape.<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

Non-rotating accuracy<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />

Mounting<br />

Piston speed<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Symbol<br />

-XA<br />

-XC51<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Specifications<br />

Change of rod end shape<br />

With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

10<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard equipment<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Option<br />

Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-69


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Weight<br />

Bore size (mm) 10<br />

Basic weight ∗<br />

36<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 4<br />

∗ Rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>RKA10-45<br />

• Basic weight························ 36 (ø10)<br />

• Additional weight················· 4/15 stroke<br />

• Cylinder stroke···················· 45 stroke<br />

36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

16<br />

71.5<br />

6.5<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line with the cylinder<br />

axis is available for basic style.<br />

(g)<br />

Caution<br />

Caution on Handling<br />

<br />

Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that rotational torque would be<br />

applied to the piston rod because this will deform the non-rotating guide,<br />

thus affecting the non-rotating accuracy.<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Allowable rotational torque (N·m)<br />

0.02<br />

0.04<br />

Operate the cylinder in such a way that the load to the piston rod is always<br />

applied in the axial direction.<br />

To screw a bracket onto the threaded portion at the tip of the piston rod,<br />

make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and place a wrench over the flat<br />

portion of the rod that protrudes.<br />

Tighten it by giving consideration to prevent the tightening torque from being<br />

applied to the non-rotating guide.<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is<br />

also available. Use it in accordance with the operating<br />

environment.<br />

(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not<br />

included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel<br />

screws above when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />

attached.<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Bore size Stroke Port location on head cover<br />

<br />

Copper-free<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Action<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

10, 16<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-69.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

6-3-70


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

Component Parts<br />

CG1<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Nickel plated<br />

No.<br />

u<br />

i<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

Description<br />

Bumper<br />

Piston seal<br />

Rod seal<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Material<br />

Urethane<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

Bottom Mounting Style<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA Bore size Stroke<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

ø<br />

NCA<br />

ø<br />

Rod section<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

B 0 –0.3<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Data<br />

Material: Iron<br />

Part no.<br />

NTJ-010A<br />

NTJ-015A<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

GA<br />

16<br />

16<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

20<br />

20<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

L<br />

23<br />

26<br />

LB<br />

16<br />

20<br />

LD<br />

ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />

ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />

LH<br />

8<br />

10<br />

LX<br />

12<br />

16<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

NA<br />

20.5<br />

20.5<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

X<br />

28<br />

28<br />

Y<br />

8<br />

8<br />

S<br />

54<br />

55<br />

Z<br />

74<br />

75<br />

6-3-71


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

A<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Bore size <br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Mounting style <br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />

with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />

for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Action<br />

S<br />

T<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />

for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA 16 45 S<br />

CDJ2RKA 16 45 S J79W<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2RKA16-60S-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2RKA10-45S-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />

for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator light<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Port location on head cover <br />

Symbol Port location<br />

on head cover<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial foot style<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to<br />

page 6-3-70.<br />

∗ Not applicable to single acting,<br />

spring extend (T).<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire<br />

(NPN)<br />

—<br />

24 V<br />

Load voltage<br />

DC AC<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

12 V<br />

—<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

24 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />

(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />

6-3-72<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />

style is shipped together, (but<br />

not assembled).<br />

∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />

without an auto switch is<br />

required, refer to the model of<br />

built-in magnet cylinder.<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5 3<br />

(Nil) (L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Prewire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

n<br />

Applicable load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Specifications<br />

A cylinder which rod does<br />

not rotate because of the<br />

hexagonal rod shape.<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Non-rotating accuracy<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Can operate without lubrication.<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />

Mounting<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

10, 16<br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Single acting,<br />

Single return<br />

Single acting,<br />

Spring extend<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />

Symbol<br />

Specifications<br />

-XA Change of rod end shape<br />

-XC51 With hose nipple<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling.<br />

Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />

Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />

Precautions.<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Standard stroke<br />

15, 30, 45, 60<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />

Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />

Standard equipment<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Option<br />

Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />

Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />

(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not included.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />

when shipped.<br />

When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />

Spring Force<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

(N)<br />

Retracted side Extended side<br />

6.86<br />

14.2<br />

3.53<br />

6.86<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-73


<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Weight/Spring Return<br />

(g)<br />

Copper-free<br />

(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

15 stroke<br />

10<br />

38<br />

16<br />

73<br />

20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA<br />

Bore size Stroke Action<br />

Port location on<br />

head cover<br />

30 stroke<br />

45<br />

90<br />

<br />

Copper-free<br />

45 stroke<br />

Weight ∗<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

100 stroke<br />

125 stroke<br />

150 stroke<br />

∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />

54<br />

63<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

112<br />

134<br />

155<br />

198<br />

234<br />

260<br />

Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />

based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />

Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />

treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />

order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />

Specifications<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10, 16<br />

Weight/Spring Extend<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

15 stroke<br />

30 stroke<br />

45 stroke<br />

Weight ∗<br />

60 stroke<br />

75 stroke<br />

10<br />

44<br />

50<br />

59<br />

67<br />

—<br />

16<br />

78<br />

94<br />

114<br />

135<br />

154<br />

(g)<br />

Action<br />

Max. operating pressure<br />

Min. operating pressure<br />

Cushion<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Single acting, Spring return;<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.15 MPa<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-73.)<br />

Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />

Bottom mounting style<br />

100 stroke<br />

—<br />

192<br />

125 stroke<br />

—<br />

226<br />

150 stroke<br />

—<br />

250<br />

∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Single acting, Spring return<br />

Single acting, Spring extend<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

u<br />

i<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston A<br />

Piston B<br />

Return spring<br />

Spring seat<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Brass<br />

Piano wire<br />

Brass<br />

Note<br />

Anodized<br />

Anodized<br />

Zinc chromated<br />

No.<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

!3<br />

!4<br />

Description<br />

Bumper<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piston seal<br />

Tube gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Rod seal<br />

Material<br />

Urethane<br />

Rolled steel<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

6-3-74


Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />

Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />

Single Acting: Bottom Mounting Style<br />

Spring return: <strong>CJ2</strong>RK Bore size<br />

Stroke<br />

S<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Breathing hole<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Piping port<br />

CJ1<br />

Spring extend: <strong>CJ2</strong>RK Bore size<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

A<br />

15<br />

15<br />

B<br />

12<br />

18.3<br />

C<br />

14<br />

20<br />

GB<br />

5<br />

5<br />

H<br />

20<br />

20<br />

KA<br />

4.2<br />

5.2<br />

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Stroke<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Rod section<br />

Stroke<br />

X + Stroke<br />

H + Stroke<br />

L<br />

23<br />

26<br />

T<br />

LB<br />

16<br />

20<br />

Z + 2 x Stroke<br />

Z + Stroke<br />

S + Stroke<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

S + Stroke<br />

LD<br />

ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />

ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />

LH<br />

8<br />

10<br />

LX<br />

12<br />

16<br />

Port location on head cover:<br />

Axial location (R)<br />

Breathing hole<br />

Rod End Nut<br />

Part no.<br />

Applicable<br />

bore (mm)<br />

NTJ-010A 10<br />

NTJ-015A 16<br />

MM<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Symbol<br />

S<br />

Z<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —<br />

53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166<br />

B 0<br />

–0.3<br />

NA<br />

13.5<br />

13.5<br />

B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

C<br />

8.1<br />

9.2<br />

NB<br />

9.5<br />

9.5<br />

Material: Iron<br />

d<br />

M4 x 0.7<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

X<br />

28<br />

28<br />

H<br />

3.2<br />

4<br />

Y<br />

8<br />

8<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (Dimensions not mentioned in the below table are the same as the above table.)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

GA<br />

16<br />

16<br />

NA<br />

20.5<br />

20.5<br />

NB<br />

5.5<br />

5.5<br />

S<br />

Z<br />

5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />

56.5<br />

56.5<br />

64<br />

65<br />

76<br />

77<br />

88<br />

89<br />

—<br />

95<br />

—<br />

119<br />

—<br />

137<br />

—<br />

149<br />

76.5<br />

76.5<br />

84<br />

85<br />

96<br />

97<br />

108<br />

109<br />

—<br />

115<br />

—<br />

139<br />

—<br />

157<br />

—<br />

169<br />

6-3-75


Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

ø16<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Mounting Style<br />

B Basic style<br />

L Axial foot style<br />

F Rod side flange style<br />

D Double clevis style Note)<br />

Note) Front end lock only.<br />

CBJ2<br />

—<br />

24 V<br />

24 V<br />

L16<br />

How to Order<br />

CDBJ2 L16 60HN J79W<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

5 V — C76 — A76H — — — IC circuit<br />

—<br />

12 V<br />

—<br />

5 V,<br />

12 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V,<br />

12 V<br />

AC<br />

200 V<br />

200 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Cylinder stroke (mm)<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are<br />

available in 1 mm increments<br />

without stroke adjustment with a<br />

spacer.<br />

∗ For types with auto switch, refer<br />

to Minimum Strokes for Auto<br />

Switch Mounting on page 6-3-78.<br />

60H N<br />

Manual release<br />

N Non-locking type<br />

Band<br />

mounting<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

—<br />

H7NF<br />

Lock position<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Connector<br />

Diagnostic indication (2-color) Grommet<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color)<br />

Indicator light<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(Equiv. to NPN)<br />

Grommet<br />

Yes<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

Water resistant<br />

2-wire 12 V<br />

Grommet<br />

(2-color)<br />

Diagnostic output (2-color)<br />

5 V,12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m ·········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ·········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ··········N (Example) C73CN<br />

Yes<br />

DC<br />

H<br />

R<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Rail mounting<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W ∗∗<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

F7BAV<br />

—<br />

Head end lock<br />

Rod end lock<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ Refer to the table below for<br />

applicable auto switch.<br />

∗ Rail mounting type auto switches<br />

are not mounted and are supplied<br />

loose at the time of shipment.<br />

∗∗ For cylinders with built-in magnet<br />

and without auto switch, refer to<br />

How to Order for cylinders with<br />

built-in magnet.<br />

Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)<br />

In-line<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F7BA<br />

—<br />

F79F<br />

0.5<br />

(Nil)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or<br />

“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />

number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style<br />

3<br />

(L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Pre-wire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

N<br />

Applicable load<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

Replay,<br />

PLC<br />

Replay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are manufactured upon receipt of order.<br />

∗∗ Model D-A79W cannot be mounted on a ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />

• In addition to the models in the above table, there are some other auto switches that are applicable. For more information, refer to page 6-3-78.<br />

CDJ2B16-45-A<br />

CDJ2B16-60-B<br />

∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />

for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-77


<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong> air cylinder is<br />

equipped with end lock<br />

function.<br />

Maintains the cylinder’s original position<br />

even if the air supply interrupted.<br />

When air is discharged at the stroke end<br />

position, the lock engages to maintain the rod<br />

in that position.<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating presuure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke tolerance<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

∗ With no freezing<br />

Lock Specifications<br />

Lock position<br />

Holding force (Max.)<br />

Lock release pressure<br />

Backlash<br />

Manual release<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10˚C to 70˚C<br />

With auto switch: –10˚C to 60˚C ∗<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

50 to 750 mm/s<br />

0.090 J<br />

Head end, Rod end<br />

98 N<br />

0.15 MPa or less<br />

1 mm or less<br />

Non-locking type<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Standard stroke<br />

16<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate strokes are available in 1 mm increments without stroke adjustment with a spacer.<br />

Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

3 (Same side)<br />

3 (Different sides)<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto<br />

switches can be mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to page 6-16-1.<br />

Type Model Electrical entry Features<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A80H<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-C80<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-F7NTL<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Without indicator<br />

light<br />

With timer<br />

∗ D-F7NTL is also available with pre-wire connector.<br />

6-3-78<br />

Auto switch Auto switch<br />

mounting<br />

style model<br />

Band mounting style<br />

(ø16)<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Min. cylinder<br />

stroke<br />

(mm)<br />

90<br />

55<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

60<br />

60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

105<br />

65<br />

65<br />

15<br />

10<br />

Auto switch Auto switch Number of<br />

mounting<br />

auto<br />

style model switches<br />

Rail mounting style<br />

(ø16)<br />

D-A7<br />

D-A80<br />

D-A73C<br />

D-A80C<br />

D-A7H<br />

D-A80H<br />

D-A79W<br />

D-F7<br />

D-J79<br />

D-F7V<br />

D-J79C<br />

D-F7W<br />

D-J79W<br />

D-F7BAL<br />

D-F79F<br />

D-F7WV<br />

D-F7BAVL<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Min. cylinder<br />

stroke<br />

(mm)<br />

35<br />

10<br />

5<br />

45<br />

10<br />

5<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10<br />

45<br />

5<br />

5<br />

30<br />

5<br />

5<br />

55<br />

15<br />

10<br />

40<br />

15<br />

10


Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

Dimensions<br />

Basic style<br />

With rod end lock: CBJ2B16-<br />

-RN<br />

20.3<br />

ø20<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

0<br />

h8–0.022<br />

M10 x 1 Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

ø10<br />

14.5<br />

5<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

ø6<br />

CM2<br />

0<br />

18.3–0.3<br />

15 8<br />

28<br />

21<br />

55.5 + Stroke<br />

9.5<br />

CG1<br />

83.5 + Stroke<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

With head end lock: CBJ2B16-<br />

-HN<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

ø20<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

0<br />

h8-0.022<br />

2-M10 x 1 8 Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

ø10<br />

6<br />

19.8<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

ø5<br />

Data<br />

0<br />

18.3-0.3<br />

15 8 12.5<br />

28<br />

12.5<br />

50 + Stroke 8<br />

86 + Stroke<br />

6-3-79


<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

Dimensions<br />

Flange style<br />

With rod end lock: CBJ2F16-<br />

-RN<br />

Cover side (Rod side)<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

M10 x 1<br />

ø6<br />

14.5<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

5<br />

ø20<br />

19<br />

20<br />

20.3<br />

33<br />

42<br />

2-ø5.5<br />

Mounting hole<br />

15 8<br />

28<br />

2.3<br />

21<br />

83.5 + Stroke<br />

55.5 + Stroke<br />

9.5<br />

0<br />

18.3 –0.3<br />

Cover outside diameter<br />

With head end lock: CBJ2F16-<br />

-HN<br />

Cover side (Head side)<br />

2-M10 x 1<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

ø5<br />

8<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

6<br />

19.8<br />

ø20<br />

19<br />

20<br />

33<br />

42<br />

2-ø5.5<br />

Mounting hole 15 8<br />

2.3<br />

12.5<br />

28<br />

12.5<br />

50 + Stroke 8<br />

86 + Stroke<br />

0<br />

18.3 –0.3<br />

Cover outside diameter<br />

6-3-80


Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

Axial foot style<br />

With rod end lock: CBJ2L16-<br />

-RN<br />

Cover side (Rod side)<br />

23<br />

25<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

M10 x 1 8<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

ø6<br />

14.5<br />

5<br />

20.3<br />

ø20<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

33<br />

42<br />

14<br />

2-ø5.5<br />

Mounting hole<br />

2.3<br />

15<br />

6<br />

28<br />

9<br />

21<br />

83.5 + Stroke<br />

55.5 + Stroke<br />

9.5<br />

0<br />

18.3–0.3<br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

With head end lock: CBJ2L16-<br />

-HN<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

Cover side (Head side)<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

2-M10 x 1<br />

ø5<br />

8<br />

8<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

6<br />

19.8<br />

ø20<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

14<br />

23<br />

25<br />

2.3<br />

Data<br />

33<br />

42<br />

2-ø5.5<br />

Mounting hole<br />

15<br />

6<br />

9<br />

12.5<br />

12.5<br />

28 50 + Stroke<br />

8<br />

86 + Stroke<br />

18.3–0.3<br />

6-3-81


<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

Dimensions<br />

Double clevis style<br />

With rod end lock: CBJ2D16-<br />

-RN<br />

20.3<br />

ø20<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

ø6<br />

14.5<br />

Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />

27.5<br />

23<br />

+0.030<br />

ø5H9 0<br />

–0.030<br />

Clevis pin (ø5d9–0.060)<br />

ø20<br />

18.3<br />

15<br />

28<br />

21<br />

55.5 + Stroke 10<br />

93.5 + Stroke 8<br />

101.5 + Stroke<br />

0<br />

18.3 –0.3<br />

+0.2<br />

6.5 +0.1<br />

6-3-82


Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />

Be sure to read before handling. Please consult with <strong>SMC</strong> for products outside these specifications.<br />

Use Recommended Air Pressure Circuit.<br />

Caution<br />

• It is necessary for proper locking and unlocking.<br />

With rear lock<br />

With front lock<br />

Operating Precautions<br />

Caution<br />

1. Do not use a 3 position solenoid valve.<br />

Avoid using this cylinder in combination with a 3 position<br />

solenoid valve (particularly the closed center metal seal type).<br />

If air pressure becomes sealed inside the port on the side that<br />

contains the lock mechanism, the lock will not engage. Even if<br />

the lock is engaged at first, the air that leaks from the solenoid<br />

valve could enter the cylinder and cause the lock to disengage<br />

as time elapses.<br />

2. Back pressure is necessary for unlocking.<br />

Before starting, make sure that air is supplied to the side that is<br />

not equipped with a lock mechanism as shown in the diagram<br />

above. Otherwise, the lock may not disengage.<br />

(Refer to “Rock Disengagement”.)<br />

3. Disengage the lock before installing or adjusting the<br />

cyliner.<br />

The lock could become damaged if the cylinder is installed with<br />

its lock engaged.<br />

4. Operate the cylinder at a load ratio of 50% or less.<br />

The lock might not disengage or might become damaged if a<br />

load ratio of 50% is exceeded.<br />

5. Do not synchronize multiple cylinders.<br />

Do not operate two or more end lock cylinders synchronized to<br />

move a single workpiece because one of the cylinder locks<br />

may not be able to disengage when required.<br />

6. Operate the speed controller under meter-out<br />

control.<br />

If operated under meter-in control, the lock might not<br />

disengage.<br />

7. On the side that has a lock, make sure to operate at<br />

the stroke end of the cylinder.<br />

The lock might not engage or disengage if the piston of the<br />

cylinder has not reached the stroke end.<br />

8. The position adjustment of the auto switch should<br />

be performed at two positions; a position<br />

determined by the stroke and a position after the<br />

backlash movement (by 1 mm).<br />

When a 2-color indication switch is adjusted to show green at<br />

the stroke end, the indication may turn red when the cylinder<br />

returns by the backlash. This, however, is not an error.<br />

Precautions<br />

Operating Pressure<br />

Caution<br />

Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the side<br />

that has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for disengaging<br />

the lock.<br />

Exhaust Air Speed<br />

Caution<br />

The lock will engage automatically if the air pressure at the port on<br />

the side that has the lock mechanism becomes 0.05 MPa or less.<br />

Be aware that if the piping on the side that has the lock mechanism<br />

is narrow and long, or if the speed controller is located far from the<br />

cylinder port, the exhaust air speed could become slower, involving<br />

a longer time for the lock to engage. A similar result will ensure if<br />

the silencer that is installed on the exhaust port of the solenoid<br />

valve becomes clogged.<br />

Warning<br />

Lock Disengagement<br />

To disengage the lock, make sure to supply air pressure to the port<br />

on the side without a lock mechanism, thus preventing the load<br />

from being applied to the lock mechanism. (Refer to the<br />

recommended air pressure circuit.) If the lock is disengaged when<br />

the port on the side that does not contain a lock mechanism is in<br />

the exhausted state and the load is being applied to the lock<br />

mechanism, undue force will be applied to the lock mechanism,<br />

and it may damage the lock mechanism. Also, it could be<br />

extremely dangerous, because the piston rod could move<br />

suddenly.<br />

Manual Disengagement<br />

Caution<br />

Non-locking style manual release<br />

Insert the bolt, which is provided as an accessory part, through the<br />

rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove the rubber cap). Screw<br />

the bolt into the lock piston and pull the bolt to disengage the lock.<br />

Releasing the bolt will re-engage the lock.<br />

The bolt size, pulling force, and the stroke are listed below.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

Thread size<br />

Pulling force<br />

Stroke<br />

(mm)<br />

16 M2.5 x 0.45 x 25l or more 4.9<br />

2<br />

Bolt should be detached under normal operation,<br />

otherwise it may cause malfunction of the locking<br />

feature.<br />

Rubber cap<br />

CJ1<br />

CJP<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong><br />

CM2<br />

CG1<br />

MB<br />

MB1<br />

CA2<br />

CS1<br />

C76<br />

C85<br />

C95<br />

CP95<br />

NCM<br />

NCA<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

6-3-83


Fine Lock Cylinder<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />

ø16<br />

How to Order<br />

Without auto switch<br />

CLJ2<br />

L<br />

16<br />

60<br />

R<br />

E<br />

With auto switch<br />

CDLJ2<br />

L<br />

16<br />

60<br />

R<br />

E<br />

H7BW<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

Mounting style<br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style<br />

Bore size<br />

16 16 mm<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

Number of auto switches<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

n<br />

Auto switch<br />

Nil<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

Nil<br />

R<br />

Lock operation<br />

E<br />

P<br />

D<br />

Perpendicular to axis<br />

Axial direction<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the<br />

table below.<br />

Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />

Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />

Spring and pneumatic locking<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 9-15-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Special function<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

Water resistant<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

With diagnostic output (2-color indication)<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Connector<br />

Grommet<br />

Indicator<br />

light<br />

Load voltage<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 9-2-16 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 9-15-66.<br />

Yes Yes<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ··········Nil (Example) C73C<br />

1 m ··········L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m ··········Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ··········N (Example) C73CN<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

2-wire<br />

4-wire (NPN)<br />

—<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

5 V<br />

12 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

24 V<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

12 V<br />

AC<br />

—<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Auto switch<br />

model<br />

C76<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7BA<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5<br />

(Nil)<br />

3<br />

(L)<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

— —<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Applicable<br />

load<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

5 V, 12 V H7NF — IC circuit<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

<br />

—<br />

Pre-wire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

— —<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

—<br />

IC<br />

circuit<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

9-2-10


Fine Lock Cylinder<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />

Provided with a compact lock<br />

mechanism, it is suitable for<br />

intermediate stop, emergency<br />

stop, and drop prevention.<br />

Locking in both directions<br />

The piston rod can be locked in either<br />

direction of its cylinder stroke.<br />

Maximum piston speed:<br />

500 mm/s<br />

It can be used at 50 to 500 mm/s provided<br />

that it is within the allowable kinetic energy<br />

range.<br />

Specifications<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Action<br />

Type<br />

Lock operation<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Piston speed<br />

Cushion<br />

16<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Non-lube/Lube<br />

Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />

Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />

Spring and pneumatic locking<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.08 MPa<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

50 to 500 mm/s ∗<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

CL<br />

CL1<br />

MLGC<br />

CNG<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

MNB<br />

Mounting<br />

Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />

Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />

CNA<br />

Symbol<br />

-XA<br />

Made to Order Specifications<br />

(For details, refer to page 9-16-1.)<br />

Specifications<br />

Change of rod end shape<br />

∗ Constraints associated with the allowable kinetic energy are imposed on the speeds at<br />

which the piston can be locked.<br />

The maximum speed of 750 mm/s can be accommodated if the piston is to be locked in<br />

the stationary state for the purpose of drop prevention.<br />

Fine Lock Specifications<br />

Lock operation<br />

Fluid<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Unlocking pressure<br />

Lock starting pressure<br />

Locking direction<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

16<br />

Spring locking<br />

(Exhaust locking)<br />

0.3 MPa or more<br />

0.25 MPa or less<br />

Spring and<br />

pneumatic locking<br />

Air<br />

0.5 MPa<br />

Both directions<br />

Standard stroke<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

Mounting Bracket and Accessory/For details, refer to page 9-2-16.<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle (With pin)<br />

T-bracket<br />

Basic style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Axial foot<br />

style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Rod side<br />

flange style<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

Pneumatic locking<br />

(Pressure locking)<br />

0.1 MPa or more<br />

0.05 MPa or more<br />

Double clevis<br />

style<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

CNS<br />

CLS<br />

CLQ<br />

MLGP<br />

RLQ<br />

MLU<br />

ML1C<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Mounting bracket<br />

Part no.<br />

Foot<br />

CLJ-L016B<br />

Flange<br />

CLJ-F016B<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket no.<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />

The following set of mounting screws made of<br />

stainless steel is also available. Use it in<br />

accordance with the operating environment.<br />

(A switch mounting band is not included, so<br />

please order it separately.)<br />

BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />

“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the<br />

stainless steel screws above when shipped. When<br />

only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4”<br />

screws are attached.<br />

9-2-11


<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />

Auto switch<br />

mounting style<br />

Band mounting<br />

style<br />

Weight<br />

Auto switch model<br />

D-C7<br />

D-C80<br />

D-H7<br />

D-H7W<br />

D-H7NF<br />

D-H7BAL<br />

D-C73C<br />

D-C80C<br />

D-H7C<br />

No. of auto<br />

switches mounted<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

2 (Same side)<br />

2 (Different sides)<br />

1<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

16<br />

Standard weight ∗<br />

320<br />

Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />

6.5<br />

Axial foot style<br />

27<br />

Mounting<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

21<br />

bracket weight<br />

Double clevis style (With pin) ∗∗ 10<br />

Minimum cylinder<br />

stroke (mm)<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

60<br />

15<br />

10<br />

65<br />

15<br />

10<br />

∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />

∗∗ Mounting nut is not included in double clevis style.<br />

Calculation: (Example) CLJ2L16-60<br />

Basic weight·················320 (ø16)<br />

Additional weight··········6.5/15 stroke<br />

Cylinder stroke·············60 stroke<br />

320 + 6.5/15 x 60 + 27 = 373 g<br />

Stopping Accuracy (Not including tolerance of control system.) (mm)<br />

Lock type<br />

Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />

Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />

Spring and pneumatic locking<br />

Condition: Load: 2 kg<br />

Solenoid valve: Lock port mounting<br />

Piston speed (mm/s)<br />

50<br />

±0.4<br />

100<br />

±0.5<br />

300<br />

±1.0<br />

500<br />

±2.0<br />

±0.2<br />

±0.3<br />

±0.5<br />

±1.5<br />

(g)<br />

Load weight (kg)<br />

Caution/Allowable Kinetic Energy when Locking<br />

1. In terms of specific load conditions, this allowable kinetic energy is<br />

equivalent to a load of 3.7 kg in weight, and a piston speed of 300<br />

mm/sec. Therefore, if the operating conditions are below these values,<br />

there is no need to calculate.<br />

2. Apply the following formula to obtain the kinetic energy of the load.<br />

1<br />

Ek = – mυ<br />

2<br />

2<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4.4<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0 50 100 200 300 400 500<br />

Piston speed (mm/s)<br />

Holding Force of Spring Locking (Maximum static load)<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

16<br />

Holding force (N)<br />

122<br />

Note) Holding force at piston rod extended side decreases approximately 15%.<br />

Holding Force of Pneumatic Locking (Maximum static load)<br />

200<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Allowable kinetic energy (J)<br />

Ek: Kinetic energy of load (J)<br />

m: Load weight (kg)<br />

υ: Piston speed (m/s)<br />

16<br />

0.17<br />

3. The piston speed will exceed the average speed immediately before<br />

locking. To determine the piston speed for the purpose of obtaining the<br />

kinetic energy of load, use 1.2 times the average speed as a guide.<br />

4. The relationship between the speed and the load is indicated in the graph<br />

below. The area below the line is the allowable kinetic energy range.<br />

5. During locking, the lock mechanism must sustain the thrust of the cylinder,<br />

in addition to absorbing the energy of the load. Therefore, there is an<br />

upper limit to the size of the load that can be sustained. Thus, a<br />

horizontally mounted cylinder must be operated below the solid line, and<br />

a vertically mounted cylinder must be operated below the dotted line.<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line with the cylinder<br />

axis is available for basic style.<br />

Holding force (N)<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Caution<br />

Axial<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Recommended Pneumatic Circuit/Caution on Handling<br />

For detailed specifications of the fine lock cylinder, <strong>Series</strong><br />

CLJ2 mentioned above, refer to pages 9-2-4 to 9-2-7.<br />

0<br />

Caution<br />

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5<br />

Air pressure applied to pressurized locking port (MPa)<br />

Caution when Locking<br />

The holding force is the lock’s ability to hold a static load that does<br />

not involve vibrations or impacts, when it is locked without a load.<br />

Therefore, when normally using the cylinder near the upper limit of<br />

the holding force, be aware of the points described below.<br />

• If the piston rod slips because the lock’s holding force has been<br />

exceeded, the brake shoe could be damaged, resulting in a<br />

reduced holding force or shortened life.<br />

• To use the lock for drop prevention purposes, the load to be<br />

attached to the cylinder must be within 35% of the cylinder’s<br />

holding force.<br />

• Do not use the cylinder in the locked state to sustain a load that<br />

involves impact.<br />

9-2-12


Fine Lock Cylinder<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />

Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />

Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />

Spring and pneumatic locking<br />

Spring lock<br />

(E type)<br />

CL<br />

CL1<br />

MLGC<br />

CNG<br />

MNB<br />

CNA<br />

Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />

CNS<br />

CLS<br />

CLQ<br />

MLGP<br />

RLQ<br />

MLU<br />

ML1C<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

Component Parts<br />

No.<br />

q<br />

w<br />

e<br />

r<br />

t<br />

y<br />

u<br />

i<br />

o<br />

!0<br />

!1<br />

!2<br />

!3<br />

!4<br />

!5<br />

!6<br />

!7<br />

!8<br />

!9<br />

@0<br />

@1<br />

Description<br />

Rod cover<br />

Head cover<br />

Cover A<br />

Cover B<br />

Cover C<br />

Intermediate cover<br />

Cylinder tube<br />

Piston rod<br />

Piston<br />

Brake piston<br />

Brake arm<br />

Brake shoe<br />

Roller<br />

Pin<br />

Snap ring<br />

Brake spring<br />

Bushing A<br />

Bushing B<br />

Manual lock release cam<br />

Cam guide<br />

Lock nut<br />

Material<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Carbon steel<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Aluminum alloy<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Stainless steel<br />

Brass<br />

Carbon steel<br />

Carbon steel<br />

Special friction material<br />

Carbon steel<br />

Carbon steel<br />

Carbon tool steel<br />

Steel wire<br />

Oil-impregnated sintered alloy<br />

Oil-impregnated sintered alloy<br />

Chromium molybdenum steel<br />

Carbon steel<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Note<br />

Clear anodized<br />

Clear anodized<br />

Nitrided, nickel chrome plated<br />

Hard anodized<br />

Hard anodized<br />

Hard anodized<br />

Hard chrome plated<br />

Nitrided<br />

Nitrided<br />

Nitrided<br />

Heat treated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Zinc chromated<br />

Nitrided<br />

Nitrided, platinum silver painted<br />

Nickel plated<br />

No.<br />

@2<br />

@3<br />

@4<br />

@5<br />

@6<br />

@7<br />

@8<br />

@9<br />

#0<br />

#1<br />

#2<br />

#3<br />

#4<br />

#5<br />

#6<br />

#7<br />

#8<br />

#9<br />

$0<br />

$1<br />

$2<br />

Description<br />

Plain washer<br />

Snap ring<br />

Hexagon socket head cap screw<br />

Spring washer<br />

Hexagon socket head cap screw<br />

Spring washer<br />

Hexagon socket head cap screw<br />

Spring washer<br />

Silencer<br />

Bumper<br />

Wear ring<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Piston seal<br />

Rod seal A<br />

Rod seal B<br />

Brake piston seal<br />

Cylinder tube gasket<br />

Intermediate cover gasket<br />

Cam gasket<br />

Piston gasket<br />

Material<br />

Rolled steel<br />

Carbon tool steel<br />

Chromium molybdenum steel<br />

Steel wire<br />

Chromium molybdenum steel<br />

Steel wire<br />

Chromium molybdenum steel<br />

Steel wire<br />

Bronze<br />

Urethane<br />

Resin<br />

Brass<br />

Rolled steel<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

NBR<br />

Note<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Type E only<br />

Nickel plated<br />

Nickel plated<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

9-2-13


<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />

Basic Style (B)<br />

CLJ2B16-<br />

- E D P<br />

19<br />

16<br />

2<br />

ø8<br />

Silencer<br />

Manual unlocking cam<br />

Spring lock<br />

M5 x 0.8 pressurized locking port<br />

Pneumatic locking and spring<br />

and pneumatic locking<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

12<br />

25.5<br />

31<br />

M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />

Unlocked when pressurized<br />

6<br />

71<br />

46<br />

Lock nut<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod side cylinder port<br />

Head cover port<br />

in axial direction (R)<br />

48.5<br />

6.5<br />

34<br />

32<br />

32<br />

5<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

Width across<br />

flats 10<br />

M14 x 1.0<br />

ø6<br />

20 14<br />

39<br />

ø20<br />

65<br />

11.5<br />

111 + Stroke<br />

150 + Stroke<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Head side<br />

cylinder port<br />

9.5<br />

5<br />

18<br />

18<br />

Axial Foot Style (L)<br />

CLJ2L16-<br />

- E D P<br />

19 16<br />

54<br />

42<br />

LOCK FREE<br />

2<br />

ø6<br />

Silencer<br />

25.5<br />

12<br />

Spring lock<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

50.5<br />

18<br />

M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />

Unlocked when pressurized<br />

20 14<br />

M14 x 1.0<br />

M6 x 1.0 5<br />

Width across<br />

flats 10<br />

Manual unlocking cam<br />

ø6<br />

6<br />

Lock nut<br />

71<br />

46<br />

ø20<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Pressurized locking port<br />

Pneumatic locking and spring<br />

and pneumatic locking<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod side cylinder port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Head side<br />

cylinder port<br />

5<br />

48.5<br />

6.5<br />

34<br />

32<br />

Head cover port<br />

in axial direction (R)<br />

31<br />

18<br />

2-ø5.5<br />

Mounting<br />

hole<br />

2.3<br />

39<br />

6 9<br />

65<br />

11.5<br />

111 + Stroke<br />

150 + Stroke<br />

9.5<br />

18<br />

32<br />

9-2-14


Fine Lock Cylinder<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />

Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />

CLJ2F16-<br />

- E D P<br />

19 16<br />

ø8<br />

25.5<br />

Manual unlocking cam<br />

M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />

71<br />

31<br />

Unlocked when pressurized 6 46<br />

Lock nut<br />

M14 x 1.0<br />

M6 x 1.0 5<br />

32<br />

2-ø5.5<br />

42<br />

20 14<br />

65<br />

11.5<br />

Mounting<br />

54<br />

hole<br />

39<br />

111 + Stroke<br />

150 + Stroke<br />

Width across<br />

flats 10<br />

Double Clevis Style (D) ∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />

CLJ2D16- - E D P<br />

48.5<br />

34 6.5<br />

32<br />

24<br />

ø6<br />

2<br />

Silencer<br />

12<br />

M5 x 0.8 pressurized locking port<br />

Pneumatic locking and spring<br />

and pneumatic locking<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod side cylinder port<br />

ø20<br />

Spring lock<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Head side<br />

cylinder port<br />

2.3 18<br />

9.5<br />

19 16<br />

25.5<br />

2<br />

5<br />

ø8<br />

Silencer<br />

12<br />

Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />

Head cover port<br />

in axial direction (R)<br />

Head cover port<br />

in axial direction (R)<br />

18<br />

CL<br />

CL1<br />

MLGC<br />

CNG<br />

MNB<br />

CNA<br />

CNS<br />

CLS<br />

CLQ<br />

MLGP<br />

RLQ<br />

MLU<br />

ML1C<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

48.5<br />

34 6.5<br />

32<br />

M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />

Unlocked when pressurized<br />

31<br />

32<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

Width across<br />

flats 10<br />

M14 x 1.0<br />

5<br />

ø6<br />

Manual unlocking cam<br />

6<br />

71<br />

46<br />

Lock nut<br />

ø20<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Rod side cylinder port<br />

M5 x 0.8<br />

Head side<br />

cylinder port<br />

M5 x 0.8 pressurized locking port<br />

Pneumatic locking and spring<br />

and pneumatic locking<br />

28<br />

23<br />

20 14 65 11.5 9.5<br />

39 111 + Stroke 10<br />

160 + Stroke<br />

8<br />

168 + Stroke<br />

ø17<br />

ø5H9 +0.030<br />

0<br />

–0.030<br />

Clevis pin (ø5d9 –0.060)<br />

18<br />

18<br />

6.5 +0.2<br />

+0.1<br />

9-2-15


Accessory Bracket Dimensions<br />

Single Knuckle Joint: I-LJ016B<br />

Double Knuckle Joint: Y-LJ016B<br />

∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together.<br />

Rod End Nut: NT-015A<br />

R12<br />

R12<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

ø5H10 +0.048 7 25<br />

0 8 M6 x 1.0<br />

ø5H10 +0.048<br />

0<br />

6.4 –0.1<br />

–0.3<br />

14 +0.2<br />

0<br />

12<br />

12 –0.4<br />

0<br />

6.5 +0.2<br />

0<br />

7 21<br />

10 +0.2<br />

0<br />

M6 x 1.0<br />

11.5<br />

10 5<br />

Material: Rolled steel Material: Rolled steel Material: Rolled steel<br />

Clevis Pin: CD-Z015<br />

Knuckle Pin: IY-J015A<br />

Mounting Nut: SNLJ-016B<br />

ø<br />

ø5d9 –0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

ø<br />

ø5d9 –0.030<br />

–0.060<br />

M14 x 1.0<br />

Material: Stainless steel Material: Stainless steel Material: Brass<br />

T-bracket: CJ-T016B<br />

Double clevis cylinder<br />

TN –0.1<br />

–0.3<br />

7 TH<br />

TU +0.2<br />

0<br />

ø<br />

12<br />

TK<br />

øTDH10<br />

TT<br />

Part no.<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

Material: Rolled steel<br />

Bore size (mm) TC TDH10 TH TK TN TT TU TV TW TX TY<br />

16 5.5<br />

+0.048<br />

5 0 35 20 6.4 2.3 14 48 28 38 16<br />

Regarding the installation position and the mounting height of the<br />

auto switch, refer to page of <strong>Series</strong> CDJ2 air cylinder (Double<br />

acting, Single rod), since the dimensions are the same.<br />

Note) Applicable auto switches for Fine lock cylinder <strong>Series</strong> CLJ2 are the<br />

band mounting style only.<br />

Use care that auto switch for rail mounting style is not available.<br />

9-2-16


Low Speed Cylinder<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>X<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

The external dimensions and the related things about auto<br />

switches are the same as standard type, double acting,<br />

single rod. For <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>, refer to Best <strong>Pneumatics</strong> Vol. 6.<br />

How to Order<br />

B<br />

L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Mounting style<br />

Basic style<br />

Axial foot style<br />

Rod side flange style<br />

Double clevis style<br />

Bore size<br />

10 mm<br />

16 mm<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

∗ Intermediate stroke other than above is<br />

manufactured upon receipt of order.<br />

Without auto switch<br />

With auto switch<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong>X<br />

L16 60<br />

CDJ2X L16 60 H7BW<br />

Built-in magnet<br />

Low speed cylinder<br />

Port location on head cover<br />

ø10, ø16<br />

Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />

R Axial direction<br />

∗ For configuration, refer to page 10-3-7.<br />

Auto switch<br />

∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />

model, refer to the table below.<br />

∗ Auto switches for rail mounting<br />

style are shipped together,<br />

(but not assembled).<br />

Number of<br />

auto switches<br />

Nil<br />

S<br />

n<br />

2 pcs.<br />

1 pc.<br />

“n” pcs.<br />

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />

Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />

(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />

for cylinder with auto switch.<br />

Rail mounting style CDJ2XB10-45-A<br />

Example<br />

Band mounting style CDJ2XB16-60-B<br />

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 10-20-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />

Type<br />

Special<br />

function<br />

Electrical<br />

entry<br />

Indicator light<br />

Wiring<br />

(Output)<br />

Load voltage<br />

3-wire<br />

(NPN equivalent)<br />

5 V<br />

—<br />

Grommet<br />

—<br />

–<br />

12 V<br />

2-wire<br />

Connector<br />

24 V 12 V<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

(2-color indication) Grommet<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

—<br />

Grommet 3-wire (PNP)<br />

—<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

2-wire<br />

12 V<br />

Connector<br />

24 V<br />

3-wire (NPN)<br />

Diagnostic indication<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

3-wire (PNP)<br />

(2-color indication) Grommet<br />

2-wire<br />

12 V<br />

With diagnostic output<br />

(2-color indication)<br />

4-wire (NPN)<br />

5 V, 12 V<br />

∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m··········Nil (Example) C73C<br />

3 m·········· L (Example) C73CL<br />

5 m·········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />

None ·········· N (Example) C73CN<br />

Reed switch<br />

Solid state switch<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

—<br />

200 V<br />

100 V<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Auto switch model<br />

Rail mounting<br />

Band mounting<br />

Perpendicular In-line<br />

C76<br />

—<br />

C73<br />

C73C<br />

—<br />

H7A1<br />

H7A2<br />

H7B<br />

H7C<br />

H7NW<br />

H7PW<br />

H7BW<br />

H7NF<br />

—<br />

A72<br />

A73<br />

A73C<br />

A79W<br />

F7NV<br />

F7PV<br />

F7BV<br />

J79C<br />

F7NWV<br />

—<br />

F7BWV<br />

—<br />

• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to Best <strong>Pneumatics</strong> Vol. 6 for details.<br />

• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 10-20-66.<br />

A76H<br />

A72H<br />

A73H<br />

—<br />

—<br />

F79<br />

F7P<br />

J79<br />

—<br />

F79W<br />

F7PW<br />

J79W<br />

F79F<br />

Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />

0.5<br />

(Nil)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

3<br />

(L)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

(Z)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

None<br />

(N)<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

Pre-wire<br />

connector<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

—<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Applicable<br />

load<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

—<br />

IC circuit<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

Relay,<br />

PLC<br />

∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />

—<br />

10-3-6


Low Speed Cylinder<br />

Double Acting, Single Rod<br />

<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>X<br />

Specifications<br />

Action<br />

Fluid<br />

Proof pressure<br />

Maximum operating pressure<br />

Minimum operating pressure<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

Air<br />

1.05 MPa<br />

0.7 MPa<br />

0.06 MPa<br />

JIS Symbol<br />

Double acting,<br />

Single rod<br />

Caution<br />

Precautions<br />

Be sure to read before handling. For Safety<br />

Instructions and Actuator Precautions,<br />

refer to pages 10-24-3 to 10-24-6.<br />

Mounting<br />

1. During installation, secure the rod cover and<br />

tighten by applying an appropriate tightening<br />

force to the retaining but or to the rod cover<br />

body.<br />

If the head cover is secured or the head cover<br />

is tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to<br />

the deviation.<br />

2. Proper tightening torque for mounting thread<br />

should be within the range specified. Apply a<br />

Loctite ® (no. 242 Blue) for mounting thread.<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

Proper tightening torque for mounting thread<br />

(N·m) (tightening torque for mounting nut)<br />

10<br />

3.0 to 3.2<br />

16<br />

5.4 to 5.9<br />

3. To remove and install the snap ring for the<br />

knuckle pin or the clevis pin, use an<br />

appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a<br />

type C snap ring).<br />

Especially with ø10, use ultra thin pliers, such<br />

as Super Tool Corp., CSM-07A.<br />

4. For the auto switch mounting rail, do not<br />

remove the pre-equipped rail. Since the<br />

mounting thread is drilled through inside a the<br />

cylinder, it will result in air leakage.<br />

Operating Precautions<br />

Warning<br />

1. It might not be able to control by meter-out at<br />

a low speed operation.<br />

Caution<br />

1. For <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>X, 0.1 Nl/min is the values at<br />

maximum in terms of its construction and<br />

there is internal leakage (ANR).<br />

Ambient and fluid temperature<br />

Cushion<br />

Lubrication<br />

Thread tolerance<br />

Stroke length tolerance<br />

Piston speed<br />

Allowable kinetic energy<br />

Standard Stroke<br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

ø10<br />

ø16<br />

Mounting Style and Accessory<br />

Standard<br />

equipment<br />

Option<br />

Mounting<br />

Mounting nut<br />

Rod end nut<br />

Clevis pin<br />

Single knuckle joint<br />

Double knuckle joint ∗<br />

Port Location on Head Cover<br />

Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

+1.0<br />

0<br />

1 to 300 mm/s<br />

0.035 J<br />

0.090 J<br />

Standard stroke (mm)<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />

15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />

Basic<br />

style<br />

T-bracket<br />

∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />

Axial direction<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Mounting Bore size (mm)<br />

bracket<br />

Foot bracket<br />

Flange bracket<br />

T-bracket ∗<br />

10<br />

CJ-L010B<br />

CJ-F010B<br />

CJ-T010B<br />

16<br />

CJ-L016B<br />

CJ-F016B<br />

CJ-T016B<br />

∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />

Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />

With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />

Not required (Non-lube)<br />

JIS Class 2<br />

Axial foot<br />

style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Rod side<br />

flange style<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Double ∗<br />

clevis style<br />

For basic style, the port position in a head cover is available either perpendicular to the axis<br />

or in-line with the cylinder axis.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />

(Band mounting style)<br />

Bore size<br />

(mm)<br />

10<br />

16<br />

Auto switch mounting<br />

bracket part no.<br />

BJ2-010<br />

BJ2-016<br />

Note<br />

Common for the types of<br />

D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />

RE A B<br />

REC<br />

CX<br />

CY<br />

MQ Q M<br />

RHC<br />

MK(2)<br />

RS Q G<br />

RS A<br />

H<br />

RZQ<br />

MI W S<br />

CEP1<br />

CE1<br />

CE2<br />

ML2B<br />

C G5-S<br />

J<br />

CV<br />

MVGQ<br />

CC<br />

RB<br />

J<br />

D-<br />

-X<br />

20-<br />

Data<br />

10-3-7


Made to Order Specifications:<br />

-XB13: Low Speed Cylinder<br />

5 to 50 mm/s (CY1: 7 to 50 mm/s)<br />

Symbol<br />

Low Speed Cylinder<br />

-XB13<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong> Standard model no. XB13 CY1<br />

Standard model no. XB13<br />

CM2<br />

Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />

XB13<br />

MGP<br />

M<br />

L<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

CG1<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

MGGM<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

MB<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

MGCM<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

CU<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

CX2<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

M<br />

CQ2 Standard model no. XB13 CXW<br />

Standard model no. XB13<br />

M<br />

CQS Standard model no. XB13 CXS<br />

Standard model no. XB13<br />

L<br />

L<br />

Low speed cylinder<br />

MXU<br />

Standard model no.<br />

XB13<br />

Note) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.<br />

Specifications<br />

CXT<br />

M<br />

L<br />

Standard model no.<br />

Low speed cylinder<br />

XB13<br />

Applicable<br />

cylinder<br />

Action<br />

<strong>Series</strong><br />

Bore size (mm)<br />

Piston speed<br />

Cushion<br />

Auto switch<br />

Mounting<br />

Dimensions<br />

Air cylinder/Standard<br />

Free<br />

Compact Compact<br />

mount<br />

cylinder cylinder<br />

cylinder<br />

Magnetically<br />

coupled<br />

rodless<br />

cylinder<br />

Compact<br />

guide<br />

cylinder<br />

Guide<br />

cylinder<br />

Slide bearing<br />

Slide<br />

unit<br />

Dual<br />

Compact Platform<br />

rod<br />

slide cylinder<br />

cylinder<br />

M<br />

M M<br />

<strong>CJ2</strong> CM2 CG1 MB CU CQ2 CQS CY1 MGPL<br />

MGGM MGCM CX2 CXWL<br />

CXSL<br />

MXU<br />

6, 10<br />

16<br />

Basic<br />

Foot<br />

Flange<br />

Double clevis<br />

Double acting, Single rod<br />

20, 25<br />

32, 45<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

20, 25<br />

32, 40<br />

50, 63<br />

Basic<br />

Foot<br />

Flange<br />

Trunnion<br />

Clevis<br />

32, 40<br />

50, 63<br />

80, 100<br />

5 to 50 mm/s<br />

Air<br />

cushion<br />

on<br />

both ends<br />

Basic<br />

Foot<br />

Flange<br />

Clevis<br />

Trunnion<br />

6, 10<br />

16, 20<br />

25, 32<br />

Rubber<br />

bumper on<br />

both ends<br />

12, 16, 20<br />

25, 32, 40<br />

50, 63, 80<br />

100<br />

No<br />

rubber<br />

bumper<br />

12, 16<br />

20, 25<br />

No<br />

rubber<br />

bumper<br />

CY1B: 6<br />

10, 15, 20<br />

25, 32<br />

40, 50, 63<br />

CY1S,<br />

CY1L: 6<br />

to 40<br />

7 to 50<br />

mm/s<br />

12, 16, 20<br />

25, 32, 40<br />

50, 63, 80<br />

100<br />

5 to 50<br />

mm/s<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

on both ends<br />

Mountable<br />

Double acting<br />

20, 25, 32<br />

40, 50<br />

Rubber bumper<br />

(Basic cylinder)<br />

10, 15<br />

25<br />

10, 16, 20<br />

25, 32<br />

5 to 50 mm/s<br />

Shock<br />

absorber<br />

(CX2: Option)<br />

6, 10<br />

15, 20<br />

25, 32<br />

Basic Basic<br />

Basic<br />

Foot Foot Basic<br />

Basic Basic Front mounting<br />

Flange Flange<br />

Basic<br />

Slider<br />

Flange<br />

Double clevis Double clevis<br />

6, 10<br />

16<br />

Rubber<br />

bumper<br />

CXT M L<br />

12, 16<br />

20, 25<br />

32, 40<br />

Additional<br />

specifications<br />

Dimensions and specifications are the same as standard products of double acting. Refer to Best <strong>Pneumatics</strong> Vol. 6, 7 and 8.<br />

∗ No shock absorber is available for the <strong>Series</strong> MGGM.<br />

10-3-18

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!